UNITED STATES


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION


Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-K


[ X ]
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934


For the Year Ended December 31, 2009





[   ]
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934


Commission file number0-27782


Dime Community Bancshares, Inc.


(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

11-3297463
(I.R.S. employer identification number)209 Havemeyer Street, Brooklyn, NY
(Address of principal executive offices)

11211
(Zip Code)





Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (718) 782-6200





Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:


None





Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:


Common Stock, par value $.01 per share


(Title of Class)


Preferred Stock Purchase Rights


(Title of Class)





Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasonal issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.YES   NO X





Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.YES   NO X





Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding twelve months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file reports), and (2) has been subject
to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.YES X NO





Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required
to submit and post such files).    YES  NO





Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (Section 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by
reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   [X]





Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).


LARGE ACCELERATED FILER       ACCELERATED FILER X      NON-ACCELERATED
FILER ___      SMALLER REPORTING COMPANY ____





Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act):          ___ Yes      X  No





The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2009 was approximately$250 million based upon the $9.11 closing price on the NASDAQ National Market for
a share of the registrant’s common stock on June 30, 2009.





As of March 13, 2010, there were 34,395,531 shares of the registrant’s common stock, $0.01 par value, outstanding.





DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE


Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement to be distributed on behalf of the Board of Directors of Registrant in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 20, 2010 and any adjournment thereof, and are incorporated by reference in Part III.





F-1








TABLE OF CONTENTSPagePART IItem 1. BusinessGeneral
F-3Market Area and Competition
F-4Lending Activities
F-5Asset Quality
F-12Allowance for Loan Losses
F-15Investment Activities
F-17Sources of Funds
F-21Subsidiary Activities
F-23Personnel
F-24Federal, State and Local Taxation
F-24Federal Taxation
F-24State and Local Taxation
F-24Regulation
F-25General
F-25Regulation of Federal Savings Associations
F-26Regulation of Holding Company
F-34Federal Securities Laws
F-35Item 1A. Risk Factors
F-35Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
F-40Item 2. Properties
F-40Item 3. Legal Proceedings
F-40Item 4. Reserved
F-40PART IIItem 5. Market for the Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters andIssuer Purchases of Equity Securities
F-41Item 6. Selected Financial Data
F-43Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
F-44Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
F-59Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
F-62Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
F-62Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
F-62Item 9B.  Other Information
F-63PART IIIItem 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
F-63Item 11. Executive Compensation
F-63Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
F-63Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
F-64Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
F-64PART IVItem 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
F-64Signatures
F-65








F-2





This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains a number of forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).  These statements may
be identified by use of words such as "anticipate," "believe," "could," "estimate," "expect," "intend," "seek," "may," "outlook," "plan," "potential," "predict," "project," "should," "will," "would" and similar terms and phrases, including references to assumptions.





Forward-looking statements are based upon various assumptions and analyses made by the Company (as defined subsequently herein) in light of management’s experience and its perception of historical trends, current conditions and expected future developments, as well as other factors
it believes appropriate under the circumstances. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors (many of which are beyond the Company’s control) that could cause actual conditions or results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. These factors include, without limitation, the following:





·
the timing and occurrence or non-occurrence of events may be subject to circumstances beyond the Company’s control;


·
there may be increases in competitive pressure among financial institutions or from non-financial institutions;


·
changes in the interest rate environment may reduce interest margins;


·
changes in deposit flows, loan demand or real estate values may adversely affect the business of The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh (the “Bank”);


·
changes in accounting principles, policies or guidelines may cause the Company’s financial condition to be perceived differently;


·
changes in corporate and/or individual income tax laws may adversely affect the Company's business or financial condition;


·
general economic conditions, either nationally or locally in some or all areas in which the Company conducts business, or conditions in the securities markets or the banking industry may be less favorable than the Company currently anticipates;


·
legislation or regulatory changes may adversely affect the Company’s business;


·
technological changes may be more difficult or expensive than the Company  anticipates;


·
success or consummation of new business initiatives may be more difficult or expensive than the Company anticipates; or


·
litigation or other matters before regulatory agencies, whether currently existing or commencing in the future, may delay the occurrence or non-occurrence of events longer than the Company anticipates.





The Company has no obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this document.





PART I





Item 1.           Business





General





Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. (the “Holding Company,” and together with its direct and indirect subsidiaries, the “Company”) is a Delaware corporation and parent company of the Bank, a federally-chartered stock savings bank.  The Bank maintains its headquarters
in the Williamsburg section of the borough of Brooklyn, New York and operates twenty-three full-service retail banking offices located in the New York City ("NYC") boroughs of Brooklyn, Queens, and the Bronx, and in Nassau County, New York.





The Bank’s principal business has been, and continues to be, gathering deposits from customers within its market area, and investing them primarily in multifamily residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate loans, one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, construction
and land acquisition loans, consumer loans, mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”), obligations of the U.S. Government and Government Sponsored Entities ("GSEs"), and corporate debt and equity securities. The Bank’s revenues are derived principally from interest on its loan and securities portfolios and other short-term investments. The Bank’s primary sources of funds are deposits; loan amortization, prepayments and maturities; MBS amortization, prepayments and maturities; investment securities
maturities and sales; advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLBNY”); and borrowings in the form of securities sold under agreement to repurchase (“REPOS”).





F-3


The primary business of the Holding Company is the operation of its wholly-owned subsidiary, the Bank. The Holding Company is a unitary savings and loan holding company, which, under existing law, is generally not restricted as to the types of business activities in which it may engage,
provided that the Bank remains a qualified thrift lender (“QTL”).  Pursuant to regulations of its primary regulator, the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”), the Bank qualifies as a QTL if its ratio of qualified thrift investments to portfolio assets (“QTL Ratio”) was 65% or more, on a monthly average basis, in nine of the previous twelve months.  At December 31, 2009, the Bank’s QTL Ratio was 71.3%, and
the Bank maintained more than 65% of its portfolio assets in qualified thrift investments throughout the year ended December 31, 2009.





The Holding Company neither owns nor leases any property but instead uses the premises and equipment of the Bank.  The Holding Company does not employ any persons other than certain officers of the Bank, who receive no additional compensation as officers of the Holding Company.  The
Holding Company utilizes the support staff of the Bank from time to time, as required.  Additional employees may be hired as deemed appropriate by Holding Company management.





The Company’s website address is www.dime.com. The Company makes available free of charge through its website, by clicking the Investor Relations tab and selecting "SEC Filings," its Annual and Transition Reports on
Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to these reports as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).





Market Area and Competition





The Bank has historically operated as a community-oriented financial institution providing financial services and loans primarily for multifamily housing within its market areas.  The Bank maintains its headquarters in the Williamsburg section of the borough of Brooklyn, New York,
and operates twenty-three full-service retail banking offices located in the NYC boroughs of Brooklyn, Queens, and the Bronx, and in Nassau County, New York.  The Bank gathers deposits primarily from the communities and neighborhoods in close proximity to its branches.  The Bank’s primary lending area is the NYC metropolitan area, although its overall lending area is larger, extending approximately 150 miles in each direction from its corporate headquarters in Brooklyn.  The
majority of the Bank’s mortgage loans are secured by properties located in its primary lending area, and approximately 75% of these loans were secured by real estate located in the NYC boroughs of Brooklyn, Queens and Manhattan on December 31, 2009.





The NYC banking environment is extremely competitive.  The Bank’s competition for loans exists principally from other savings banks, commercial banks, mortgage banks and insurance companies. The Bank has faced sustained competition for the origination of multifamily residential and commercial real estate loans, which together
comprised 95% of the Bank’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2009.  Management anticipates that the current level of competition for multifamily residential and commercial real estate loans will continue for the foreseeable future, which may inhibit the Bank’s ability to maintain its current  volume and profitability of such loans.





The Bank gathers deposits in direct competition with other savings banks, commercial banks and brokerage firms, many among the largest in the nation.  It must additionally compete for deposit monies with the stock market and mutual funds, especially during periods of strong performance in the equity markets.  Over the
previous decade, consolidation in the financial services industry, coupled with the emergence of Internet banking, has dramatically altered the deposit gathering landscape.  Facing increasingly larger and more efficient competitors, the Bank’s strategy to attract depositors has utilized various marketing strategies and delivery of technology-enhanced, customer-friendly banking services while controlling operating expenses.





Banking competition occurs within an economic and financial marketplace that is largely beyond the control of any individual financial institution.  The interest rates paid to depositors and charged to borrowers, while affected by marketplace competition, are generally a function of broader-based macroeconomic and financial factors,
including the U.S. Gross Domestic Product, the supply of, and demand for, loanable funds, and the impact of global trade and international financial markets.  Within this environment, the Federal Open Market Committee ("FOMC") monetary policy and governance of short-term rates also significantly influence the interest rates paid and charged by financial institutions.





The Bank’s success is additionally impacted by the overall condition of the economy, particularly in the NYC metropolitan area.  As home to several national companies in the financial and business services industries, and as a popular destination for domestic and international travelers, the NYC economy is particularly
sensitive to the health of both the national and global economies.  Both the NYC and global economies were greatly challenged during the year ended December 31, 2009, and remain so currently.  Although the significant proportion of Bank loans secured by rent-regulated multifamily residential dwellings, as well as management's measured growth business strategy, have provided the Bank some insulation from these economic downturns, sustained recessionary conditions would be expected to adversely
impact the performance of the Bank's assets and





F-4








deposit customer relationships.  In addition, poor national economic conditions, such as those present throughout 2009 and currently, often result in lower short-term interest rates, which usually benefits the Bank's financial performance.





Lending Activities





Loan Portfolio Composition.  At December 31, 2009, the Bank’s loan portfolio totaled $3.39 billion, consisting primarily of   mortgage loans secured by multifamily residential apartment buildings, including
buildings organized under a cooperative form of ownership (“Underlying Cooperatives”); commercial properties; real estate construction and land acquisition; and one- to four-family residences and cooperative apartments.  Within the loan portfolio, $2.38 billion, or 70.1%, were classified as multifamily residential loans; $834.7 million, or 24.6%, were classified as commercial real estate loans; $131.9 million, or 3.9%, were classified as one- to four-family residential, including condominium
or cooperative apartments; $522,000, or 0.02%, were loans to finance multifamily residential and one- to four-family residential properties with full or partial credit guarantees provided by either the Federal Housing Administration (‘’FHA’’) or the Veterans Administration (‘’VA’’); and $44.5 million, or 1.3%, were loans to finance real estate construction and land acquisition within the NYC metropolitan area.  Of the total mortgage loan portfolio outstanding
on December 31, 2009, $2.80 billion, or 82.5%, were adjustable-rate loans (‘’ARMs’’) and $592.2 million, or 17.5%, were fixed-rate loans.  Of the Bank’s multifamily residential and commercial real estate loans, over 80%were ARMs at December 31, 2009, the majority of which were contracted to reprice no later than 7 years from their origination date and carried a total amortization period
of no longer than 30 years.  At December 31, 2009, the Bank’s loan portfolio additionally included $3.2 million in consumer loans, composed of passbook loans, consumer installment loans, overdraft loans and mortgagor advances. As of December 31, 2009, $2.83 billion, or 83.3% of the loan portfolio, was scheduled to mature or reprice within five years.





The Bank does not originate or purchase loans, either whole loans or collateral underlying MBS, that would be considered subprime loans (i.e., mortgage loans advanced to borrowers who do not qualify for market interest rates because of problems with their income or credit history).





The types of loans the Bank may originate are subject to federal laws and regulations  (See "Item 1.  Business - Regulation – Regulation of Federal Savings Associations").





At December 31, 2009, the Bank had $89.0 million of loan commitments that were accepted by the borrowers.  All of these commitments are expected to close during the year ending December 31, 2010.  At December 31, 2008, the Bank had $49.9 million of loan commitments that were accepted by the borrower.  All
of these commitments closed during 2009.





The Bank was servicing whole loans or loan participations totaling $670.1 million at December 31, 2009 that it originated and sold to other financial institutions.  The majority of this balance represented whole loans that were sold to, and are currently serviced for, the Federal National Mortgage Association ("FNMA").








F-5
 The following table sets forth the composition of the Bank’s real estate and other loan portfolios (including loans held for sale) in dollar amounts and percentages at the dates indicated:





At December 31,2009
Percent
ofTotal
2008
Percent
of Total
2007
Percent
of Total
2006
Percent
of Total
2005
Percent of TotalDollars in ThousandsReal Estate loans:Multifamily residential
$2,376,756
70.08%
$2,241,800
68.18%
$1,948,765
67.78%
$1,855,080
68.64%
$1,872,163
71.69%Commercial real estate
834,724
24.61
848,208
25.80
728,129
25.32
666,927
24.68
576,561
22.08One- to four-family
121,091
3.57
130,663
3.97
139,541
4.85
146,613
5.42
135,622
5.19Cooperative apartment units
10,800
0.32
11,632
0.35
6,172
0.21
7,224
0.27
10,115
0.39FHA/VA insured
522
0.02
742
0.02
1,029
0.04
1,236
0.05
2,694
0.10Construction and land acquisition
44,544
1.31
52,982
1.61
49,387
1.72
23,340
0.86
12,098
0.46Total mortgage loans
3,388,437
99.91
3,286,027
99.93
2,873,023
99.92
2,700,420
99.92
2,609,253
99.91Other loans:Student loans
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Depositor loans
$830
0.02
$1,059
0.03
$1,122
0.04
$1,172
0.04
$1,160
0.04Consumer installment and other
2,391
0.07
1,132
0.04
1,047
0.04
1,033
0.04
1,181
0.05Total other loans
3,221
0.09
2,191
0.07
2,169
0.08
2,205
0.08
2,341
0.09Gross loans
3,391,658
100.00%
3,288,218
100.00%
2,875,192
100.00%
2,702,625
100.00%
2,611,594
100.00%Net unearned costs (fees)
4,017

3,287

1,833

1,048

501Allowance for loan losses
(21,505)

(17,454)

(15,387)

(15,514)

(15,785)Loans, net
$3,374,170

$3,274,051

$2,861,638

$2,688,159

$2,596,310Loans serviced for others:One- to four-family and
cooperative apartment
$15,657

$19,181

$21,515

$24,395

$26,881Multifamily residential
654,452

640,200

541,868

494,770

386,781Total loans serviced for others
$670,109

$659,381

$563,383

$519,165

$413,662





F-6





Loan Originations, Purchases, Sales and Servicing.For the year ended December 31, 2009, total loan originations were $466.0 million.  The Bank originates both ARMs and fixed-rate loans, depending upon customer
demand and market rates of interest.  ARMs were approximately 90% of total loan originations during the period.  The majority of both ARM and fixed-rate originations were multifamily residential and commercial real estate loans.  Multifamily residential real estate loans are either retained in the Bank's portfolio or sold in the secondary market to FNMA, and occasionally to other third-party financial institutions.  One- to four-family adjustable rate and fixed-rate mortgage
loans with maturities up to 15 years are generally retained for the Bank’s portfolio.  Generally, the Bank sells its newly originated one- to four-family fixed-rate mortgage loans with maturities greater than fifteen years in the secondary market.





From December 2002 through February 2009, the Bank sold multifamily residential loans to FNMA pursuant to a multifamily seller/servicing agreement entered into in December 2002.  The Bank sold $27.5 million and $71.4 million of such loans to FNMA during the years ended December
31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  The Bank's contract for sale of new multifamily loans to FNMA expired on December 31, 2008 and was not renewed.  The Bank sold one loan to FNMA totaling $3.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2009, as this loan had a previously executed loan commitment when the Bank's contract with FNMA expired on December 31, 2008.





The Bank sold participation interests in multifamily loans totaling $100.0 million to third party financial institutions during the year ended December 31, 2009.  During the year ended December 31, 2009, sales of fixed-rate one- to four-family mortgage loans totaled $16.1 million,
all of which were sold through an origination assistance agreement with an independent lending institution, PHH Mortgage ("PHH") whereby PHH processes and underwrites fixed-rate one- to four-family loans, the Bank funds the loans at origination and elects to either portfolio the loan or sell it to PHH.  PHH retains full servicing of all loans, regardless of the Bank's ownership election.  The Bank sold one- to four- family loans to PHH totaling $8.2 million and participation interests in multifamily
loans totaling $114.6 million to third party financial institutions during the year ended December 31, 2008.  The Bank currently has no arrangement pursuant to which it sells commercial real estate loans to the secondary market.





The Bank generally retains the servicing rights in connection with multifamily loans it sells in the secondary market.  As of December 31, 2009, the Bank was servicing $670.1 million of loans for non-related institutions.  The Bank generally receives a loan servicing
fee equal to 0.25% of the outstanding principal balance on all loans sold to FNMA other than multifamily residential loans.  The loan servicing fees on multifamily residential loans sold to FNMA vary as they are derived based upon the difference between the actual origination rate and contractual pass-through rate of the loans sold at the time of sale.  At December 31, 2009, the Bank had recorded mortgage servicing rights ("MSR") of $2.8 million associated with the sale of one- to four-family
and multifamily residential loans to FNMA and other third party institutions.





The following table sets forth the Bank's loan originations (including loans held for sale), sales, purchases and principal repayments for the periods indicated:





For the Year Ended December 31,2009
2008
2007
2006
2005Dollars in ThousandsGross loans:At beginning of period
$3,288,218
$2,875,192
$2,702,625
$2,611,594
$2,502,268Real estate loans originated:Multifamily residential
369,424
786,918
391,882
388,102
312,026Commercial real estate
49,827
226,605
124,262
133,099
203,841One- to four-family (1)
25,399
36,962
27,425
19,070
41,143Cooperative apartment units
-
7,178
-
210
465Equity lines of credit
8,808
10,843
5,777
7,977
6,405Construction and land acquisition
10,944
18,215
25,180
14,768
10,331Total mortgage loans originated
464,402
1,086,721
574,526
563,226
574,211Other loans originated
1,639
2,640
1,772
1,688
1,859Total loans originated
466,041
1,089,361
576,298
564,914
576,070Loans purchased (2)
90,648
-
-
-
-Less:Principal repayments
327,433
523,788
326,103
328,453
358,255Loans sold
119,350
150,983
77,628
145,430
108,489Write down of principal balance for expected loss
5,515
-
-
-
-Loans transferred to other real estate owned
951
1,564
-
-
-Gross loans at end of period
$3,391,658
$3,288,218
2,875,192
$2,702,625
$2,611,594





(1)      Includes one- to four-family home equity and home improvement Loans.


(2)      Includes $31.5 million of loans re-acquired from FNMA that were previously sold with recourse to FNMA.







F-7


Loan Maturity and Repricing.The following table shows the earlier of the maturity or repricing period of the Bank's loan portfolio (including loans held for sale) at December 31, 2009.  ARMs are shown as
due in the period during which their interest rates are next scheduled to adjust. The table does not include prepayments or scheduled principal amortization.





At December 31, 2009Real Estate LoansMultifamily Residential
Commercial
Real Estate
One- to Four-
Family
Cooperative Apartment
FHA/VA
Insured
Construction and
Land Acquisition

Other Loans
TotalLoans(Dollars In Thousands)Amount due to Mature or Reprice During the Year Ending:December 31, 2010
$303,391
$80,485
$31,223
$2,944
-
$44,544

$3,221
$465,808December 31, 2011
383,397
183,936
13,185
6,363
-
-

-
586,881December 31, 2012
295,274
137,706
20,565
177
$130
-

-
453,852December 31, 2013
584,081
157,118
15,529
153
392
-

-
757,273December 31, 2014
422,136
127,410
12,186
78
-
-

-
561,810Sub-total
1,988,279
686,655
92,688
9,715
522
44,544

3,221
2,825,624December 31, 2015  throughDecember 31, 2019
353,339
110,035
20,574
565
-
-

-
484,513December 31, 2020 and beyond
35,138
38,034
7,829
520
-
-

-
81,521Total
$2,376,756
$834,724
$121,091
$10,800
$522
$44,544

$3,221
$3,391,658





The following table sets forth the outstanding principal balance in each loan category (including loans held for sale) at December 31, 2009 that is due to mature or reprice after December 31, 2010, and whether such loans have fixed or adjustable interest rates:





Due after December 31, 2010Fixed
Adjustable
Total(Dollars in Thousands)Mortgage loans:Multifamily residential
$405,440
$1,667,925
$2,073,365Commercial real estate
131,707
622,532
754,239One- to four-family
37,989
51,879
89,868Cooperative apartment
1,384
6,472
7,856FHA/VA insured
522
-
522Construction and land acquisition
-
-
-Other loans
-
-
-Total loans
$577,042
$2,348,808
$2,925,850





Multifamily Residential Lending and Commercial Real Estate Lending.The majority of the Bank's lending activities consist of originating adjustable-rate and fixed-rate multifamily residential (i.e.,
buildings possessing a minimum of five residential units) and commercial real estate loans. The properties securing these loans are generally located in the Bank's primary lending area. At December 31, 2009, $2.38 billion, or 70.1% of the Bank's gross loan portfolio, were multifamily residential loans. Of the multifamily residential loans, $2.25 billion, or 94.5%, were secured by apartment buildings and $131.4 million, or 5.5%, were secured by Underlying Cooperatives. The Bank also had $834.7 million of commercial
real estate loans in its portfolio at December 31, 2009, representing 24.6% of its total loan portfolio.





The Bank originated multifamily residential and commercial real estate loans totaling $419.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2009 and $1.01 billion during the year ended December 31, 2008. At December 31, 2009, the Bank had commitments accepted by borrowers to originate $87.1
million of multifamily residential and commercial real estate loans, compared to $46.8 million outstanding at December 31, 2008.





At December 31, 2009, multifamily residential and commercial real estate loans originated by the Bank were secured by three distinct property types: (1) fully residential apartment buildings; (2) "mixed-use" properties featuring a combination of residential and commercial units within the
same building; and (3) fully commercial buildings. The underwriting procedures for each of these property types were substantially similar. Loans secured by fully residential apartment buildings were classified by the Bank as multifamily residential loans in all instances. Loans secured by fully commercial real estate were classified as commercial real estate loans in all instances. Loans secured by mixed-use properties were classified as either multifamily residential or commercial real estate loans based upon
the percentage of the property's rental income received from its residential compared to its commercial tenants. If 50% or more of the rental income was received from residential tenants, the full balance of the loan was classified as multifamily residential. If less than 50% of the rental income was received from residential








F-8


tenants, the full balance of the loan was classified as commercial real estate. At December 31, 2009, mixed-use properties classified as multifamily residential or commercial real estate loans totaled $1.17 billion.





Multifamily residential and commercial real estate loans in the Bank's portfolio generally range in amount from $250,000 to $4.0 million, and, at December 31, 2009, had an average loan size of approximately $1.5 million. Multifamily residential loans in this range are generally secured
by buildings that possess between 5 and 100 apartments. As of December 31, 2009, the Bank had a total of $2.23 billion of multifamily residential loans in its portfolio secured by buildings with under 100 units, representing approximately 66% of its real estate loan portfolio.





Multifamily residential loans are generally viewed as exposing the Bank to a greater risk of loss than one- to four-family residential loans and typically involve higher individual loan principal amounts.  Repayment of multifamily residential loans is dependent, in significant
part, on cash flow from the collateral property sufficient to satisfy operating expenses and debt service. Economic events and government regulations, such as rent control and rent stabilization laws, which are outside the control of the borrower or the Bank, could impair the future cash flow of such properties. As a result, rental income might not rise sufficiently over time to satisfy increases in the loan rate at repricing or in overhead expenses (e.g.,
utilities, taxes, and insurance).





The underwriting standards for multifamily residential and commercial real estate loans generally require: (1) a maximum loan-to-value ratio of 80% based upon an appraisal performed by an independent, state licensed appraiser, and (2) sufficient cash flow from the underlying property to adequately service the debt, represented by a minimum
debt service ratio of 115%. The average loan-to-value and debt service ratios were 52% and 197%, respectively, on all multifamily and commercial real estate loans originated during the year ended December 31, 2009. The Bank additionally requires all multifamily and commercial real estate borrowers to represent that they are unaware of any environmental concerns related to the collateral. The Bank further considers the borrower's experience in owning or managing similar properties, the value of the collateral
based upon the income approach, and the Bank's lending experience with the borrower.  When originating multifamily residential and commercial real estate loans, the Bank utilizes rent or lease income and the borrower's credit history and business experience (See "Item 1. Business - Lending Activities - Loan Approval Authority and Underwriting" for a discussion of the Bank's underwriting procedures utilized in originating multifamily residential and commercial real estate
loans).





It is the Bank's policy to require appropriate insurance protection, including title and hazard insurance, on all real estate mortgage loans at closing. Borrowers generally are required to advance funds for certain expenses such as real estate taxes, hazard insurance and flood insurance.





At December 31, 2009, the Bank had 464 multifamily residential and commercial real estate loans in portfolio with principal balances greater than $2.0 million, totaling $1.91 billion.  Within this total were nineteen loans totaling $270.7 million with outstanding balances greater than $10.0 million.  These 464 loans,
while underwritten to the same standards as all other multifamily residential and commercial real estate loans, tend to expose the Bank to a higher degree of risk due to the potential impact of losses from any one loan relative to the size of the Bank's capital position.





The typical multifamily residential and commercial real estate ARM carries a final maturity of 10 or 12 years, and an amortization period not exceeding 30 years. These loans generally have an interest rate that adjusts once after the fifth or seventh year, indexed to the 5-year FHLBNY advance rate plus a spread typically approximating
250 basis points, but generally may not adjust below the initial interest rate of the loan. Prepayment fees are assessed throughout the majority of the life of the loans. The Bank also offers fixed-rate, self-amortizing, multifamily residential and commercial real estate loans with maturities of up to fifteen years.





Commercial real estate loans are generally viewed as exposing the Bank to a greater risk of loss than both one- to four-family and multifamily residential mortgage loans. Because payments on loans secured by commercial real estate are often dependent upon successful operation or management of the collateral properties, repayment of such
loans are generally subject to a greater extent to prevailing conditions in the real estate market or the economy. Further, the collateral securing such loans may depreciate over time, be difficult to appraise, or fluctuate in value based upon the success of the business.  This increased risk is partially compensated for in the following manners: (i) the Bank requires, in addition to the security interest in the commercial real estate, a security interest in the personal property associated with
the collateral and standby assignments of rents and leases from the borrower; and (ii) commercial real estate loans are often secured by mixed-used properties that have some portion of residential units associated with the collateral property.  At December 31, 2009, approximately $350.9 million of the Bank's commercial real estate loans were secured in this manner.  The average loan size of commercial real estate loans was $1.8 million at December 31, 2009.





F-9


The Bank's three largest multifamily residential loans at December 31, 2009 were: (i) a $31.4 million loan originated in September 2008 secured by seventeen mixed-use buildings located in Manhattan, New York, containing, in aggregate, 401 residential units and 11 commercial units; (ii) a
$23.2 million loan originated in March 2004 secured by an eight-story mixed-use building located in Flushing, New York, containing 137 residential units and 4 commercial units; and (iii) a $16.8 million loan originated in December 2004 secured by a mixed-use building located in Manhattan, New York that contains 67 residential units and twelve commercial units.





The Bank's three largest purely commercial real estate loans at December 31, 2009 were: (i)  a $14.9 million loan originated in May 2005 secured by a three-story building located in Manhattan, New York containing 10 retail stores; (ii) a $13.6 million loan originated in June 2009
secured by three commercial use buildings containing, in aggregate, fourteen retail units and 20 office rental units; and (iii) a $13.5 million loan originated in February 2007 secured by a professional office building with 12 office rental units located in White Plains, New York.  The ten largest purely commercial real estate loans totaled $108.4 million, of which $54.0 million of loan balances were secured by office buildings and $54.4 million of loan balances were secured by retail stores.  Of
the 10 largest purely commercial real estate loans at December 31, 2009, $45.6 million were located in Manhattan, New York, $17.9 million in New Jersey, $13.6 million in Queens, New York, and the remainder were located in other neighborhoods within the NYC metropolitan area.  Excluding the 10 largest loans, the remaining purely commercial real estate loan portfolio totaled 249 loans, consisting primarily of office and retail space, and had an average loan size approximating $1.5 million at December
31, 2009.





The Bank's largest aggregate amount of loans to one borrower was $40.9 million at December 31, 2009, within the regulatory limit of $44.9 million.  The loans to this borrower were secured by several mixed-use buildings located in Manhattan, New York, containing, in aggregate, 505
residential and 12 commercial units.  The Bank's second largest individual borrower had outstanding loans totaling $36.8 million at December 31, 2009.  These loans were secured by three mixed-use buildings located in Queens, New York, containing, in aggregate, 204 residential and 6 commercial units.  All loans to these borrowers were fully performing in accordance with their contractual terms at December 31, 2009.





Small Mixed-Use Lending (Small Investment Property Loans).In 2003, the Bank began originating small investment property loans.  Small investment property loans are typically sourced through brokers.  Generally,
small investment properties include owner and non-owner occupied one- to four-family residential, multifamily, or mixed-use properties under $1.0 million in value.  Small investment property loans can be underwritten to a maximum loan-to-value ratio of 80%, and are required to be personally guaranteed by the borrowers.  The appraised value of small investment properties is generally based upon a "comparable sales" methodology rather than the income methodology used in underwriting commercial
real estate loans.  However, the appraisal methodology chosen may vary depending upon the attributes of the underlying collateral and/or the availability of comparable sales data.  In cases where the comparable sales method of appraisal is used, loans can have debt service coverage ratios below 100%.  In such cases, the Bank looks to the borrower’s financial capacity to service the debt.  In the minority of cases where the income approach is used to appraise value, small investment
property loans can be underwritten to a minimum debt service ratio of 110%.  Small investment property loans typically carry higher rates of interest in order to compensate the Bank for the assumed increased risk of default. Because these loans are required to be personally guaranteed, the Bank relies heavily on both the financial and credit information of borrowers in its underwriting.  At December 31, 2009, the Bank held $73.2 million of loans in portfolio classified as small investment
property loans, or approximately 2.2% of the gross loan portfolio, with a weighted average borrower FICO score of 712 and a weighted average loan-to-value ratio of 63%.





One- to Four-Family Residential and Cooperative Apartment Lending.The Bank offers residential first and second mortgage loans secured primarily by owner-occupied, one- to four-family residences, including condominium
and cooperative apartments.  The majority of one- to four-family residential loans in the Bank's loan portfolio were obtained through the Bank's acquisitions of Financial Federal Savings Bank in 1999 and Pioneer Savings Bank, F.S.B. in 1996.  The Bank originated $25.4 million of one- to four-family mortgages during the year ended December 31, 2009, including home equity and home improvement loans.  At December 31, 2009, $131.9 million, or 3.9%, of the Bank's loans consisted of one-
to four-family residential and cooperative apartment loans.  The Bank currently sells all long-term one- to four-family loans to PHH.  Prior to entering into an origination assistance agreement with PHH in 2008, the Bank was a participating seller/servicer with FNMA, and generally underwrote its one- to four-family residential mortgage loans to conform with FNMA standards.





Although the collateral securing cooperative apartment loans is composed of shares in a cooperative corporation (i.e., a corporation whose primary asset is the underlying building) and a proprietary lease in the borrower's apartment,
cooperative apartment loans are treated as one- to four-family loans.  The Bank's portfolio of cooperative apartment loans was $10.8 million, or 0.3% of total loans, as of December 31, 2009.  The Bank did not originate any cooperative unit loans during the year ended December 31, 2009.





F-10


For all one- to four-family loans originated by the Bank, upon receipt of a completed loan application from a prospective borrower: (1) a credit report is reviewed; (2) income, assets, indebtedness and certain other information are reviewed; (3) if necessary, additional financial information
is required of the borrower; and (4) an appraisal of the real estate intended to secure the proposed loan is obtained from an independent appraiser approved by the Board of Directors.  Loans underwritten by PHH similarly utilize these underwriting criteria (with the exception that the appraisals are completed by an appraiser who is part of a  rotating group certified by PHH).  The Bank generally sells its newly originated conforming fixed-rate one- to four-family mortgage loans with
maturities in excess of 15 years.  One to four-family loans sold to PHH totaled $16.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2009.  As of December 31, 2009, the Bank's portfolio of one- to four-family fixed-rate mortgage loans serviced for others totaled $15.7 million.  The Bank does not retain servicing on loans sold to PHH.





Home Equity and Home Improvement Loans.  Home equity loans and home improvement loans, the majority of which are included in either one- to four-family or multifamily loans, are originated to a maximum of $500,000.  The
combined balance of the first mortgage and home equity or home improvement loan may not exceed 75% of the appraised value of the collateral property at the time of origination of the home equity or home improvement loan.  On home equity and home improvement loans, the borrower pays an initial interest rate equal to the prime interest rate at the time of origination.  After six months, the interest rate adjusts and ranges from the prime interest rate to 100 basis points above the prime interest
rate in effect at the time.  The interest rate on the loan can never fall below the rate at origination.  The combined outstanding balance of the Bank's home equity and home improvement loans was $37.7 million at December 31, 2009.





Equity Lines of Credit on Multifamily Residential and Commercial Real Estate Loans.  Equity credit lines are available on multifamily residential and commercial real estate loans.  These loans are underwritten
in the same manner as first mortgage loans on these properties, except that the combined first mortgage amount and equity line are used to determine the loan-to-value ratio and minimum debt service coverage ratio.  The interest rate on multifamily residential and commercial real estate equity lines of credit generally ranges from 100 to 200 basis points above the prime rate with a floor rate, based upon the loan-to-value ratio of the combined first mortgage and equity line at the time of origination
of the equity line of credit.  The outstanding balance of these equity loans (which are included in the $37.7 million of total outstanding home equity and home improvement loans discussed in the previous paragraph) was $20.8 million at December 31, 2009, on outstanding total lines of $46.2 million.





Construction Lending.The Bank participates in various real estate construction loans.  All of these construction projects are located in
the NYC metropolitan area, and in most instances, involve multifamily residential properties that are underwritten to support the permanent debt with rental units.  Although it has assumed up to 90% participation on some construction loan commitments, the Bank generally does not act as primary underwriting agent for any of these loans.  The Bank does, however, carefully review the underwriting of these construction loans and receives confirmation of the construction progress and engineering
reports from the loan servicer prior to advancing funds.  During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Bank funded $10.9 million of construction advances on previously approved construction loans.  At December 31, 2009, the Bank had $4.4 million in unfunded construction loan commitments.





Land Acquisition Loans.In rare instances, the Bank funds the purchase of land by a borrower for either rehabilitation or development.  These loans require that the loan to value ratio not exceed 70% at origination, and
require a separate construction or permanent loan to be negotiated by the borrower for any future development activity.  Land acquisition loans totaled $2.3 million at December 31, 2009.





Loan Approval Authority and Underwriting.The Board of Directors of the Bank establishes lending authorities for individual officers related to the various types of loan products offered
by the Bank.  In addition, the Bank maintains a Loan Operating Committee entrusted with loan approval authority.  The Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Investment Officer and Chief Lending Officer are members of the Loan Operating Committee.  The Loan Operating Committee has authority to approve portfolio loan originations in amounts up to $3.0 million and loans originated and sold to PHH in amounts up to $4.0 million (although loans in excess of
$1.5 million are not currently offered by the Bank through the PHH program).  Both the Loan Operating Committee and the Bank's Board of Directors must approve all portfolio loan originations exceeding $3.0 million.  All loans approved by the Loan Operating Committee are presented to the Bank's Board of Directors for its review.





Regulatory restrictions imposed on the Bank's lending activities limit the amount of credit that may be extended to any one borrower to 15% of unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus. A single borrower may exceed the initial 15% limit, up to a final limit of 25%, if he or she secures
the full amount of the outstanding loan balance in excess of the initial 15% limit with collateral in the form of cash or readily marketable securities that have a reliable and continuously available price quotation.  The Bank's highest individual borrower fell significantly below this limitation at December 31, 2009.  (See "Item 1.  Business - Regulation - Regulation of Federal Savings Associations - Loans to One Borrower'').





F-11


Asset Quality




General




At both December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the Company had neither whole loans nor loans underlying MBS that would be considered subprime loans, i.e., mortgage loans advanced to borrowers who did not qualify for market interest
rates because of problems with their income or credit history.  See Notes 3 and 4 to the consolidated financial statements for a discussion of impaired investment securities and MBS.





Monitoring and Collection of Delinquent Loans





Management of the Bank reviews delinquent loans on a monthly basis and reports to its Board of Directors regarding the status of all non-performing and otherwise delinquent loans in the Bank's portfolio.





The Bank's loan servicing policies and procedures require that an automated late notice be sent to a delinquent borrower as soon as possible after a payment is ten days late in the case of multifamily residential or commercial real estate loans, or fifteen days late in connection with one-
to four-family or consumer loans.  A second letter is sent to the borrower if payment has not been received within 30 days of the due date.  Thereafter, periodic letters are mailed and phone calls placed to the borrower until payment is received.  When contact is made with the borrower at any time prior to foreclosure, the Bank will attempt to obtain the full payment due or negotiate a repayment schedule with the borrower to avoid foreclosure.





Accrual of interest is generally discontinued on loans that have missed three consecutive monthly payments, at which time the Bank generally does not recognize the interest from the third month and evaluates whether the accrual of interest associated with the first two missed payments should
be reversed.  Payments on nonaccrual loans are generally applied initially to principal.  Management may elect to continue the accrual of interest when a loan is in the process of collection and the estimated fair value of the collateral is sufficient to satisfy the outstanding principal balance (including any outstanding advances related to the loan) and accrued interest. Loans are returned to accrual status once the doubt concerning collectibility has been removed and the borrower has demonstrated
performance in accordance with the loan terms and conditions for a period of at least six months.





Generally, the Bank initiates foreclosure proceedings when a loan enters non-accrual status.  At some point during foreclosure proceedings, the Bank procures current appraisal information in order to prepare an estimate of the fair value of the underlying collateral.  If
a foreclosure action is instituted and the loan is not brought current, paid in full, or refinanced before the foreclosure action is completed, the property securing the loan is generally sold.  It is the Bank's general policy to dispose of non-accrual loans and Other Real Estate Owned ("OREO") properties as quickly and prudently as possible in consideration of market conditions, the physical condition of the property and any other mitigating circumstances.





Non-accrual Loans





Within the Bank's portfolio, non-accrual loans totaled $11.3 million and $7.4 million at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.  At December 31, 2009 compared to December 31, 2008, fourteen loans totaling $8.3 million were added to non-accrual status.  Partially
offsetting this increase were nine loans totaling $4.3 million that were satisfied during the comparative period and thus removed from non-accrual status.  The difficulties experienced in both the national real estate and financial services marketplaces combined to adversely impact the metropolitan NYC area multifamily and commercial real estate markets during the year ended December 31, 2009.





Impaired Loans





A loan is considered impaired when it is probable that all contractual amounts due will not be collected in accordance with the terms of the loan. A loan is not deemed impaired, even during a period of delayed payment by the borrower, if the Bank ultimately expects to collect all amounts
due, including interest accrued at the contractual rate.  Generally, the Bank considers non-accrual and troubled-debt restructured ("TDR") multifamily residential and commercial real estate loans, along with non-accrual one- to four-family loans exceeding $730,000, to be impaired. Non-accrual one-to four-family loans of $730,000 or less, as well as all consumer loans, are considered homogeneous loan pools and are not required to be evaluated individually for impairment.  Impairment is measured
by the amount that the carrying balance of the loan, including all accrued interest, exceeds the estimated fair value of the collateral.  A reserve is established on all impaired loans to the extent of impairment and comprises a portion of the allowance for loan losses.





The recorded investment in loans deemed impaired was approximately $15.0 million, consisting of nineteen loans, at December 31, 2009, compared to $8.9 million, consisting of fifteen loans, at December 31, 2008.  During the year ended December 31, 2009, fifteen loans totaling
$11.6 million were added to impaired status, while eleven loans totaling $5.5 million





F-12





were removed from impaired status.  Of the $5.5 million removed from impaired status, $2.6 million represented a satisfaction that occurred during the period, and the remainder represented loans that were no longer deemed impaired due primarily to their continued performance in accordance with their contractual terms.  During
the year ended December 31, 2008, fourteen loans totaling $8.5 million were added to impaired status, while five loans totaling $2.4 million were removed from impaired status. Of the $2.4 million removed from impaired status, $1.6 million represented transfers to OREO and $876,000 represented satisfactions.





At December 31, 2009, total impaired loans exceeded total non-accrual loans by $3.7 million due to a $1.0 million TDR loan tand four additional loans totaling $3.6 million that were near 90 days delinquent at December 31, 2009 and were deemed impaired despite being on accrual status, which
were partially offset by twenty-six non-accrual loans totaling $851,000 which, while on non-accrual status, were not deemed impaired since they were either one- to four-family loans with individual outstanding balances of $730,000 or less or consumer loans.





TDRs




Under U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("GAAP"), the Bank is required to account for certain loan modifications or restructurings as TDRs.  In general, the modification or restructuring of a loan constitutes a TDR if the Bank, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower's financial difficulties, grants a
concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider.  Current OTS regulations require that TDRs remain classified as such until the loan is either repaid or returns to its original terms.  At December 31, 2009, the Bank had three loans totaling $5.3 million whose terms were modified in a manner that met the criteria for a TDR.  However, only one of these three loans, with an outstanding principal balance of $1.0 million, was classified as a TDR at December 31, 2009.  This
previously non-accrual loan was restructured in December 2008, has fully complied with the provisions of the restructuring since inception, and was therefore reclassified from a non-accrual loan to an accrual status TDR during the year ended December 31, 2009. The two other modified loans at December 31, 2009, were non-accrual loans totaling $4.3 million that were modified during 2009 and would meet the criteria for a TDR should they fulfill the Bank's criteria for returning to accrual status. The Bank
also entered into a modification agreement on five loans totaling $13.1 million in March 2010, which would meet the criteria for a TDR.  The Bank had no loans classified as TDRs at December 31, 2008. OREO





Property acquired by the Bank as a result of foreclosure on a mortgage loan or a deed in lieu of foreclosure is classified as OREO and recorded at the lower of the recorded investment in the related loan or the fair value of the property on the date of acquisition, with any resulting
write down charged to the allowance for loan losses and any disposition expenses charged to expense. The Bank obtains a current appraisal on OREO as soon as practicable after it takes possession unless it has obtained a current appraisal during the foreclosure process.  The Bank owned five OREO properties with an aggregate recorded balance of $755,000 at December 31, 2009.  At December 31, 2008, the Bank owned one OREO property with a recorded balance of $300,000.  This property
was sold in April 2009, with a $92,000 loss recognized on the sale.





F-13


The following table sets forth information regarding non-accrual loans, other non-performing assets, TDRs, and impaired loans at the dates indicated:





At December 31,2009
2008
2007
2006
2005Non-accrual Loans and Non-Performing Assets
(Dollars in Thousands)One- to four-family
$371
$566
$11
$60
$317Multifamily residential
5,885
776
2,236
1,655
384Commercial real estate
3,070
3,439
577
1,859Mixed-Use
1,935
2,590
-
-
-Cooperative apartment
26
26
27
26
229Other
7
5
5
6
28Total non-accrual loans
11,294
7,402
2,856
3,606
958Non-performing trust preferred securities
688OREO
755
300
-
-
-Total non-performing assets
12,737
7,702
2,856
3,606
958Ratios:Total non-accrual loans to total loans
0.33%
0.22%
0.10%
0.13%
0.04%Total non-performing assets to total assets
0.32
0.19
0.08
0.11
0.03TDRs and Impaired LoansTDRs
$1,040
-
-
-
-Impaired loans (1)
15,049
$8,900
$2,814
$3,514
$384





(1) See the discussion entitled "Impaired Loans"commencing on page F-12 for a reconciliation of non-accrual and impaired loans.





Non-performing assets approximated 4% of the combined balance of the Bank's tangible capital and allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2009, and have not exceeded 5% of this balance during the five year period ended December 31, 2009.





Other Potential Problem Loans





Loans Delinquent 30 to 89 Days





The Bank had a total of 38 real estate loans, totaling $29.5 million, delinquent between 30 and 89 days at December 31, 2009, a net increase of $23.7 million compared to 43 such loans totaling $5.2 million, at December 31, 2008.  The 30 to 89 day delinquent levels fluctuate monthly,
and are generally considered a less accurate indicator of credit quality trends than non-accrual loans.  However, given the challenges facing the NYC area real estate market at December 31, 2009, it is anticipated that 30-89 day delinquencies will remain above their December 31, 2008 level for the foreseeable future.





A substantial portion of the $29.5 million of loans delinquent between 30 and 89 days as of December 31, 2009 was comprised of five loans to one borrower totaling $13.2 million.  These loans, secured by five residential apartment buildings located in the Bronx, New York, were assumed
by a new borrower during 2009 and were current as recently as September 30, 2009.  However, due to tenant conflicts arising from the previous owner/borrower, the current owner has encountered difficulty in collecting rental income sufficient to service the loans.  This setback, which appears to be temporary, resulted in the Bank internally designating the loans Substandard at December 31, 2009.  The borrower continues to work toward an expeditious resolution of all tenant disputes,
and the Bank believes that the underlying collateral will provide sufficient income for the borrower to service the loans once the tenant disputes have been effectively resolved.





Non-TDR Loan Modifications Entered Into During 2009





At December 31, 2009, the Bank had eight loans totaling $28.5 million that were mutually modified with the borrowers.  Based upon the terms of the modification agreement and the respective borrowers ongoing payment commitments, these modifications were not deemed to meet the criteria
for TDRs.  While all of these loans were effectively current at December 31, 2009, concerns surrounding the tenant status of the underlying collateral properties were a factor in the decision to enter into the modification agreements.





Construction Loans Past Maturity





At December 31, 2009, the Bank had participation interests in three construction loans totaling $14.6 million that were past their initial contractual maturity.  While all three of these loans continued to pay interest based upon their





F-14





contractual terms at December 31, 2009, the outstanding principal balance of two of the three construction loans are not currently expected to be satisfied during 2010.  The Bank will continue to work with the remaining participating banks toward obtaining satisfaction on these two outstanding loans.  The remaining construction
loan is currently expected to be repaid in full during 2010.





Problem Loans Serviced for FNMA Subject to a First Loss Position





The Bank services a pool of multifamily loans sold to FNMA with an outstanding principal balance of $437.8 million at December 31, 2009.  This pool is subject to recourse in the form of a first loss position ("First Loss Position") totaling $20.2 million at December 31, 2009.  Within
this pool of loans, five loans totaling $14.2 million were 90 days or more delinquent at December 31, 2009.  All five of these loans were made to related entities. The collateral underlying these mortgage loans are five multifamily residential properties located in Essex County, New Jersey.  The Bank has recently entered into an agreement for the sale of these five loans, subject to the Bank re-acquiring the loans from FNMA, which is expected to close during the second quarter of 2010.  The
Bank has further identified an additional $3.6 million of delinquent potential problem loans within the pool.  On all of the problem loans serviced for FNMA, the Bank is seeking various potential remedies including modification and loan sale.  Under the terms of the servicing agreement with FNMA, the Bank is obligated to fund FNMA all monthly principal and interest payments under the original terms of the loans until the earlier of the following events: (i) the Bank re-acquires the loan from
FNMA; or (ii) the loans have either been fully satisfied or enter OREO status.  The Bank is additionally required to indemnify FNMA for any further losses (as defined in the sale agreement) in connection with the FNMA-serviced portfolio until the earlier of either (i) or (ii).  (See Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements).  Under the terms of the contractual agreement with FNMA, the aggregate loss of principal and/or interest incurred by the Bank on
this pool of serviced loans cannot exceed the total First Loss Position.  The Bank has previously repurchased, and may continue to repurchase, loans sold to FNMA with recourse exposure that become 90 or more days delinquent subsequent to the sale.  Such repurchases are typically performed in order to expedite resolution of the loan.





Allowance for Loan Losses





GAAP requires the Bank to maintain an appropriate allowance for loan losses.  The Bank maintains a Loan Loss Reserve Committee charged with, among other functions, responsibility for monitoring the appropriateness of the loan loss reserve. The Loan Loss Reserve Committee's findings,
along with recommendations for changes to loan loss reserve provisions, if any, are reported directly to the Bank's senior management and Board of Directors.  The following table sets forth activity in the Bank's allowance for loan losses at or for the dates indicated:





At or for the Year Ended December 31,2009
2008
2007
2006
2005(Dollars in Thousands)Total loans outstanding at end of period (1)
$3,395,675
$3,291,505
$2,877,025
$2,703,673
$2,612,095Average total loans outstanding (1)
$3,287,445
$3,090,032
$2,777,220
$2,651,601
$2,535,574Allowance for loan losses:Balance at beginning of period
$17,454
$15,387
$15,514
$15,785
$15,543Provision for loan losses
13,152
2,006
240
240
340Charge-offsMultifamily residential
(7,266)
(501)
-
-
-Commercial real estate
(1,220)
(85)
-
-
-One- to four-family
(498)
-
-
(2)
-FHA/VA insured
-
-
-
-
-Cooperative apartment
-
-
-
-
-Other
(28)
(26)
(28)
(48)
(76)Total charge-offs
(9,012)
(612)
(28)
(50)
(76)Recoveries
19
29
19
23
31Reserve for loan commitmentstransferred (to) from other liabilities
(108)
644
(358)
(484)
(53)Balance at end of period
$21,505
$17,454
$15,387
$15,514
$15,785Allowance for loan losses tototal loans at end of period
0.63%
0.53%
0.53%
0.57%
0.60%Allowance for loan losses to totalnon-performing loans at end of period
190.41
235.80
538.76
430.23
1,647.70Allowance for loan losses to total non-performingloans and TDRs at end of period
174.36
235.80
538.76
430.23
1,647.70Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans outstandingduring the period
0.27%
0.02%
-
-
-




(1)
Total loans represent gross loans (including loans held for sale), net of deferred loan fees and discounts.







F-15


Based upon its evaluation of the loan portfolio, management believes that the Bank maintained its allowance for loan losses at a level appropriate to absorb losses inherent within the Bank's loan portfolio as of the balance sheet dates.  Factors considered in determining the appropriateness
of the allowance for loan losses include the Bank's past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, existing adverse situations which may affect a borrower's ability to repay, estimated value of underlying collateral and current economic conditions in the Bank's lending area. Although management uses available information to estimate losses on loans, future additions to, or reductions in, the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions beyond management's control.
In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination processes, periodically review the Bank's allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize additions to, or reductions in, the allowance based upon judgments different from those of management.





The allowance for loan losses was $21.5 million at December 31, 2009 compared to $17.5 million at December 31, 2008. During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Bank recorded a provision of $13.2 million to the allowance for loan losses.   In addition, at December 31, 2009 the Bank re-designated $108,000 of its allowance for
loan losses to its reserves on loan origination commitments outstanding at December 31, 2009.  The Bank also recorded net charge-offs of $9.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2009.  The Bank did not make any changes to its major assumptions underlying the determination of its allowance for loan losses during the year ended December 31, 2009.  Both the provision and the increase in the allowance for loan losses during the year ended December 31, 2009 primarily reflected
the following items: 1) the increase in non-accrual and other problem loans from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2009, coupled with deteriorating conditions in the Bank's local real estate marketplace that resulted in a higher level of estimated loan loss reserves on these non-accrual and other problem loans; 2) the growth in the Bank's loan portfolio that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2009; and 3) the deterioration in the overall real estate market in the NYC metropolitan area that occurred late
in 2008, particularly in relation to commercial and office building properties resulted in higher expected loss allocations being applied on all loans in the determination of the allowance for loan losses during the year ended December 31, 2009 than were applied at December 31, 2008.





The following table sets forth the Bank's allowance for loan losses allocated by loan category and the percent of loans in each category to total loans at the dates indicated:





At December 31,2009
2008
2007
2006
2005Allocated
Amount
Percent
of Loans
in Each Category to Total Loans(1)
Allocated
Amount
Percent
of Loans
in Each Category to Total Loans(1)
Allocated
Amount
Percent
of Loans
in Each Category to Total Loans(1)
Allocated
Amount
Percent
of Loans
in Each Category to Total Loans(1)
Allocated
Amount
Percent
of Loans
in Each Category to Total Loans(1)(Dollars in Thousands)Impaired loans
$1,943
0.44%
$1,056
0.27%
$348
0.10%
$351
0.13%
$38
0.01%Multifamily residential
12,457
69.88
10,583
68.08
9,381
67.72
8,948
68.62
10,137
71.75Commercial real estate
4,898
24.43
4,695
25.65
4,449
25.31
5,208
24.61
4,759
22.10One-to four- family
954
3.53
306
3.97
347
4.86
496
5.43
496
5.20Cooperative apartment
93
0.32
95
0.35
33
0.21
45
0.27
59
0.39Construction andland acquisition
1,130
1.31
680
1.61
764
1.72
392
0.86
196
0.46Other
30
0.09
39
0.07
65
0.08
74
0.08
100
0.09Total
$21,505
100.00%
$17,454
100.00%
$15,387
100.00%
$15,514
100.00%
$15,785
100.00%




(1)
Total loans represent gross loans less FHA and VA guaranteed loans.





Reserve Liability on the First Loss Position on Multifamily Loans Serviced for FNMA





The Bank has recourse exposure under the First Loss Position associated with multifamily loans that it sold to FNMA between December 2002 and February 2009, and maintains a related reserve liability. The reserve liability reflects the estimate of losses that are deemed probable related to this pool of loans at each period end.  In
determining the estimate of probable losses, the Bank utilizes a methodology similar to the calculation of its allowance for portfolio loan losses.  For all performing loans within the FNMA serviced pool, the reserve recognized is the present value of the estimated losses calculated based upon the historical loss experience for comparable multifamily loans owned by the Bank.  For problem loans within the pool, the estimated losses are determined in a manner consistent with impaired or classified
loans within the Bank's loan portfolio.





F-16


The following is a summary of the aggregate balance of multifamily loans serviced for FNMA, the period-end balance of the First Loss Position associated with these loans, and activity related to the reserve liability:





At or for the Year Ended December 31,2009
2008
2007
2006
2005(Dollars in Thousands)Outstanding balance of multifamily loans serviced for FNMA at period end
$437,805
$519,831
$535,793
$494,770
$386,781Total First Loss Position at end of period
20,2461
21,865
20,409
18,495
15,564Reserve Liability on the First Loss PositionBalance at beginning of period
$5,573
$2,436
$2,223
$1,771
$1,543Additions for loans sold during the period 2
15
101
213
452
228Provision for losses on problem loans2
3,303
3,946
-
-
-Transfer to reduction of Bank loan balance for serviced loans re-acquired by the Bank
(3,545)
-
-
-
-Charge-offs
(973)
(910)
-
-
-Balance at period end
$4,373
$5,573
$2,436
$2,223
$1,771


1 The Bank has filed additional claims for losses incurred approximating $1.5 million that it expects to be approved by FNMA, and, once approved, would reduce the First Loss Position balance during 2010.


2 Amount recognized as a portion of mortgage banking income during the period.





Reserve for Loan Commitments





At December 31, 2009, the Bank maintained a reserve of $680,000 associated with loan commitments accepted by the borrower at December 31, 2009.  This reserve is determined based upon the historical loss experience of similar loans owned by the Bank at each period end.  Any increases in this reserve are achieved via
a transfer of reserves from the Bank's allowance for loan losses, with any subsequent resulting shortfall in the allowance for loan losses satisfied through the quarterly provision for loan losses.  Any decreases in the loan commitment reserve are recognized as a transfer of reserve balances back to the allowance for loans losses at each period end.





Investment Activities





Investment Strategies of the Holding Company.  At December 31, 2009, the Holding Company's principal asset was its $349.7 million investment in the Bank's common stock.  Other Holding Company investments are intended primarily to provide future liquidity which
may be utilized for general business activities.  These may include, but are not limited to: (1) purchases of the Holding Company's common stock into treasury; (2) repayment of principal and interest on the Holding Company's $25.0 million subordinated note obligation and $70.7 million trust preferred securities borrowing; (3) subject to applicable dividend restriction limitations, the payment of dividends on the Holding Company's common stock; and/or (4) investments in the equity securities of other
financial institutions and other investments not permitted to the Bank.  The Holding Company's investment policy calls for investments in relatively short-term, liquid securities similar to those permitted by the securities investment policy of the Bank.  The Holding Company cannot assure that it will engage in any of these activities in the future.





Investment Policy of the Bank.The investment policy of the Bank, which is adopted by its Board of Directors, is designed to help achieve the Bank's overall asset/liability management objectives while complying with
applicable OTS regulations.  Generally, when selecting investments for the Bank's portfolio, the policy emphasizes principal preservation, liquidity, diversification, short maturities and/or repricing terms, and a favorable return on investment. The policy permits investments in various types of liquid assets, including obligations of the U.S. Treasury and federal agencies, investment grade corporate debt, various types of MBS, commercial paper, certificates of deposit ("CDs") and overnight federal
funds sold to financial institutions.  The Bank's Board of Directors periodically approves all financial institutions to which the Bank sells federal funds.





Investment strategies are implemented by the Asset and Liability Committee ("ALCO"), which is comprised of the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Investment Officer, Treasurer and other senior officers.  The strategies take into account the overall composition of the Bank's balance
sheet, including loans and deposits, and are intended to protect and enhance the Bank's earnings and market value, and effectively manage both interest rate risk and liquidity.  The strategies are reviewed monthly by the ALCO and reported regularly to the Board of Directors.





The Holding Company or the Bank may, with respective Board approval, engage in hedging transactions utilizing derivative instruments.  During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, neither the Holding Company nor the Bank held any derivative instruments or embedded derivative
instruments that required bifurcation.





MBS.MBS provide the portfolio with investments offering desirable repricing, cash flow and credit quality characteristics. MBS yield less than the loans that underlie the securities as a result of the cost of payment guarantees
and credit enhancements





F-17





which reduce credit risk to the investor.  Although MBS guaranteed by federally sponsored agencies carry a reduced credit risk compared to whole loans, such securities remain subject to the risk that fluctuating interest rates, along with other factors such as the geographic distribution of the underlying mortgage loans, may alter
the prepayment rate of such loans and thus affect both the prepayment speed and value of such securities.  MBS, however, are more liquid than individual mortgage loans and may readily be used to collateralize borrowings.  The MBS portfolio also provides the Holding Company and the Bank with important interest rate risk management features, as the entire portfolio provides monthly cash flow for re-investment at current market interest rates.  At December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively,
all MBS owned by the Company possessed the highest possible investment credit rating, with the exception of one privately issued MBS in the Bank’s portfolio with book and market values at December 31, 2009 totaling $3.3 million and $2.8 million, respectively. This security, which possessed the highest possible investment credit rating at December 31, 2008, was downgraded to sub-investment grade by the rating agencies during 2009 due to deteriorating conditions in the national real estate market. Current
credit ratings on this security range from CC to Ba1. Despite the downgrade, this security continues to perform in accordance with its contractual terms.





The Company's consolidated investment in MBS totaled $224.7 million, or 5.7% of total assets, at December 31, 2009, the majority of which was owned by the Bank.  Approximately 71% of the MBS portfolio was comprised of pass-through securities guaranteed by the Federal
Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("FHLMC"), Government National Mortgage Agency ("GNMA") or FNMA.  At December 31, 2009, this portion of the portfolio was comprised of $99.2 million of FHLMC or FNMA securities with fixed periods of five, seven or ten years which then reset annually thereafter, $58.0 million of seasoned fixed-rate FNMA or FHLMC pass-through securities with an average estimated duration approximating 3.2 years, $942,000 of GNMA ARM pass-through securities with a weighted average term to
next rate adjustment of less than one year, and a $1.4 million FNMA 18-year balloon MBS.





At December 31, 2009, included in the MBS portfolio were $62.4 million in Collateralized Mortgage Obligations ("CMOs") and Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits ("REMICs") owned by the Bank.  All of the CMOs and REMICs were U.S agency guaranteed obligations, with the exception
of one CMO that was issued by a highly rated private financial institution and was rated in the highest rating category by at least one nationally recognized rating agency at the time of purchase.  None of the CMOs and REMICs had stripped principal and interest components and all occupied priority tranches within their respective issues.  As of December 31, 2009, the aggregate fair value of the agency guaranteed CMOs and REMICs exceeded their cost basis by $1.6 million.  The fair
value of the private financial institution-issued CMO approximated its cost basis at December 31, 2009.





GAAP requires that investments in equity securities have readily determinable fair values and that investments in debt securities be classified in one of the following three categories and accounted for accordingly:  trading securities, securities available-for-sale or securities
held-to-maturity.  Neither the Holding Company nor the Bank owned any securities classified as trading securities during the twelve months ended December 31, 2009.  Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities are reported as a separate component of stockholders' equity referred to as accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of deferred taxes.  At December 31, 2009, the Holding Company and the Bank owned, on a combined basis, $267.9 million of securities
classified as available-for-sale, which represented 6.8% of total assets. Based upon the size of the available-for-sale portfolio, future variations in the market value of the available-for-sale portfolio could result in fluctuations in the Company's consolidated stockholders' equity.





The Company typically classifies MBS as available-for-sale in recognition of the greater prepayment uncertainty associated with these securities, and carries them at fair market value.  The fair value of MBS available-for-sale (including CMOs and REMICs) was $7.7 million above
their amortized cost at December 31, 2009.





The following table sets forth activity in the MBS portfolio for the periods indicated:





For the Year Ended December 31,2009
2008
2007(Dollars in Thousands)Amortized cost at beginning of period
$299,728
$164,503
$160,096Purchases, net
-
183,849
37,992Principal repayments
(82,129)
(48,155)
(33,329)Premium amortization, net
(522)
(469)
(256)Amortized cost at end of period
$217,077
$299,728
$164,503





Corporate Debt Obligations.Both the Holding Company and the Bank may invest in investment-grade debt obligations of various corporations.  The Bank's investment policy limits new investments in corporate debt
obligations to companies rated





F-18





single ''A'' or better by one of the nationally recognized rating agencies at the time of purchase, and limits investments in any one corporate entity to the lesser of 1% of total assets or 10% of the Bank's stockholders' equity.





As of December 31, 2009, the Company’s investment in corporate debt obligations was comprised solely of eight securities with an aggregate remaining amortized cost of $19.5 million (based upon their purchase cost basis) that were secured primarily by the preferred debt obligations of a pool of U.S. banks (with a small portion secured
by debt obligations of insurance companies).  All eight securities were designated as held-to-maturity at December 31, 2009.  From the Company’s initial investment through December 31, 2009, four of the eight pooled trust preferred securities had paid all contractual cash flows.  Two securities are experiencing a deferral of a portion of their respective quarterly interest payment, and another two securities are experiencing a deferral of their entire quarterly interest
payment.





At December 31, 2009, in management’s judgment, the credit quality of the collateral pool underlying six of the eight securities had deteriorated to the point that full recovery of the Company’s initial investment was considered uncertain, thus resulting in recognition of other-than-temporary
impairment ("OTTI") charges.  The aggregate OTTI charge recognized on these securities was $10.2 million at December 31, 2009, of which $5.8 million was determined to be attributable to credit related factors and $4.4 million was determined to be attributable to non-credit related factors. At December 31, 2009, five of the six securities had credit ratings ranging from  "CC" to "Caa1."  The sixth of these securities was rated "Ba3" by Moody’s at December 31, 2009.  The
remaining two securities, which were not subject to OTTI charges as of December 31, 2009, had credit ratings from Moody’s ranging from Ba1 to Baa3 on that date.  At December 31, 2008, in management’s judgment, the credit quality of the collateral pool underlying two of the eight securities deteriorated to the point that full recovery of the Company’s initial investment was considered uncertain, thus resulting in recognition of OTTI charges.  The aggregate OTTI charge recognized
on these securities was $3.2 million at December 31, 2008, all of which was determined to be attributable to credit related factors, as the Company had not yet adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 320-10-65.  Upon adopting ASC 320-10-65 effective January 1, 2009, $2.3 million of this OTTI charge was transferred from credit related to non-credit related.  As a result, $1.2 million (the after-tax effect of the re-designation of $2.3 million of
OTTI charges) was transferred from accumulated other comprehensive loss (making the accumulated other comprehensive loss larger) to retained earnings (increasing the retained earnings balance) in order to reflect the cumulative effect of adoption of ASC 320-10-65.  During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company added pre-tax OTTI charges totaling $7.9 million on pooled trust preferred securities, of which $4.9 million was credit related and $3.0 million was non-credit related, and reduced non-credit
OTTI by $867,000 for various adjustment items.  In accordance with GAAP, the credit-related OTTI was recognized in the Company's consolidated results of operations, while the non-credit OTTI was recognized as a component of other comprehensive income.





At December 31, 2009, the remaining aggregate amortized cost of pooled bank trust preferred securities that could be subject to future OTTI charges through earnings was $13.8 million.  Of this total, unrealized losses of $6.5 million have already been recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss.





Equity Investments. The Company's consolidated investment in equity securities totaled $5.1 million at December 31, 2009, comprised of various equity mutual funds.  At December 31, 2009, the aggregate fair value of these
mutual fund investments was $1.3 million above their cost basis.  As of December 31, 2009, the Company had recognized an OTTI charge of $3.1 million on five actively-managed equity mutual fund investments.  This OTTI charge, which was fully recognized during the three months ended March 31, 2009, reflected both the significant deterioration in the U.S. and international equity markets at that time, as well as the extended duration of the decline.  From the period of recognition of
the OTTI charge through December 31, 2009, the aggregate fair value of these mutual funds increased by $1.3 million.








F-19





The following table sets forth the amortized/historical cost and fair value of the total portfolio of investment securities and MBS by accounting classification and type of security, at the dates indicated:





At December 31,2009
2008
2007Amortized/
Historical Cost (1)
Fair Value
Amortized/
Historical Cost (1)
Fair Value
Amortized/
Historical Cost
Fair ValueMBS
Dollars in ThousandsAvailable-for-Sale:FHLMC pass through certificates
$112,033
$117,033
$144,688
$146,358
$31,174
$31,611FNMA pass through certificates
40,105
41,615
55,526
56,569
12,677
12,646GNMA pass through certificates
918
941
1,057
1,041
1,266
1,279Private issuer MBS
3,267
2,784
4,474
4,138
-
-Agency issued CMOs and REMICs
57,418
59,070
85,631
85,432
107,725
105,716Private issuer CMOs and REMICs
3,336
3,330
8,352
7,813
11,661
11,512Total MBS available-for-sale
217,077
224,773
299,728
301,351
164,503
162,764Investment securities:Held-to-Maturity:Pooled trust preferred securities
$13,764
$5,330
$16,561
$9,082
-
-Municipal agency
-
-
-
-
80
80Total investment securities held-to-maturity
13,764
5,330
$16,561
$9,082
$80
$80Available-for-Sale:Federal agency obligations
36,900
36,732
1,035
1,036
-
-Municipal agencies
-
-
9,931
10,133
9,951
10,028Pooled trust preferred securities
-
-
-
-
17,177
16,955Mutual funds
5,106
6,430
8,057
5,433
7,573
7,112Total investment securities Available-for-Sale
42,006
43,162
19,023
16,602
34,701
34,095Total investment securities
$55,770
$48,492
$35,584
$25,684
$34,781
$34,175




(1)
Amount is net of cumulative credit related OTTI totaling $5.8 million on pooled trust preferred securities held-to-maturity and $3.0 million on mutual funds available-for-sale at December 31, 2009 and $3.2 million on pooled trust preferred securities held-to-maturity at December 31, 2008.





Other than obligations of federal agencies and GSEs, neither the Holding Company nor the Bank had a combined investment in securities issued by any one entity in excess of the lesser of 1% of total assets or 10% of the Bank's stockholders' equity at December 31, 2009.  The following
table presents the amortized cost, fair value and weighted average yield of available-for-sale investment securities and MBS (exclusive of equity investments) at December 31, 2009, categorized by remaining period to contractual maturity.





F-20


Amortized Cost
Fair Value
Weighted
Average Tax
EquivalentYield(Dollars in Thousands)MBS:Due within 1 year
-
-
-Due after 1 year but within 5 years
$3,356
$3,428
3.67%Due after 5 years but within 10 years
77,910
80,504
4.20Due after ten years
135,811
140,841
4.83Total
217,077
224,773
4.59Federal Agency obligations:Due within 1 year
-
-
-Due after 1 year but within 5 years
36,000
35,828
3.12Due after 5 years but within 10 years
900
905
7.91Due after ten years
-
-
-Total
36,900
36,733
3.24Total:Due within 1 year
-
-
-Due after 1 year but within 5 years
39,356
39,256
3.17Due after 5 years but within 10 years
78,810
81,409
4.24Due after ten years
135,811
140,841
4.83Total
$253,977
$261,506
4.39%





With respect to MBS, the entire carrying amount of each security at December 31, 2009 is reflected in the above table in the maturity period that includes the final security payment date and, accordingly, no effect has been given to periodic repayments or possible prepayments.  The
investment policies of both the Holding Company and the Bank call for the purchase of only priority tranches when investing in MBS.  As a result, the weighted average duration of the Company's MBS approximated 2.5 years as of December 31, 2009 when giving consideration to anticipated repayments or possible prepayments, which is significantly less than their calculated average maturity in the table above.  FNMA and FHLMC both recently announced that, commencing in March 2010, they will purchase
substantially all delinquent mortgage loans that are 120 days or more delinquent and underlie their respective fixed-rate or adjustable-rate issued MBS.  This action would likely result in a reduction in the weighted average duration in the MBS owned by the Company below their estimated 2.5 years as of December 31, 2009.





Sources of Funds





General.The Bank’s primary sources of funds are deposits; loan amortization, prepayments and maturities; MBS amortization, prepayments and maturities; investment securities maturities and sales; advances from
the FHLBNY; and REPOS.   From December 2002 through February 2009, the Bank also sold selected multifamily residential and mixed-use loans to FNMA.  The Bank also sells participations in multifamily residential loans to third party financial institutions, and all long-term, one- to four-family residential real estate loans to PHH.  The Company may additionally issue debt under appropriate circumstances.





Deposits.The Bank offers a variety of deposit accounts possessing a range of interest rates and terms.  At December 31, 2009, the Bank offered, and presently offers, savings, money market, interest bearing
and non-interest bearing checking accounts, and CDs. The flow of deposits is influenced significantly by general economic conditions, changes in prevailing interest rates, and competition from other financial institutions and investment products. Traditionally, the Bank has relied upon direct and general marketing, customer service, convenience and long-standing relationships with customers to generate deposits.  The communities in which the Bank maintains branch offices have historically provided nearly
all of its deposits. At December 31, 2009, the Bank had deposit liabilities of $2.22 billion, down $43.2 million from December 31, 2008 (See "Part II - Item 7 – Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources").  Within total deposits at December 31, 2009, $356.9 million, or 16.1%, consisted of CDs with a minimum denomination of one-hundred thousand dollars.  Individual Retirement Accounts
totaled $188.7 million, or 8.5% of total deposits, on that date.





The Bank is authorized to accept brokered CDs up to an aggregate limit of $120.0 million.  At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Bank had no brokered CDs.





F-21


The following table presents the deposit activity of the Bank for the periods indicated:





Year Ended December 31,2009
2008
2007(Dollars in Thousands)Deposits
$2,647,960
$3,158,031
$3,098,739Withdrawals
2,733,967
3,137,956
3,003,034(Withdrawals greater than Deposits) Deposits greater than Withdrawals
$(86,007)
$20,075
$95,705Interest credited
42,792
59,978
75,761Total (decrease) increase in deposits
$(43,215)
$80,053
$171,466





At December 31, 2009, the Bank had $356.9 million in CDs with a minimum denomination of one-hundred thousand dollars as follows:





Maturity Date
Amount
Weighted
Average Rate(Dollars in Thousands)Within three months
$37,124
1.89%After three but within six months
55,729
1.96After six but within twelve months
126,944
2.06After 12 months
137,110
3.04Total
$356,907
2.40%








The following table sets forth the distribution of the Bank's deposit accounts and the related weighted average interest rates at the dates indicated:





At December 31, 2009

At December 31, 2008

At December 31, 2007Amount
Percent of
Total Deposits
Weighted
Average Rate

Amount
Percent of
Total Deposits
Weighted
Average Rate

Amount
Percent of
Total Deposits
Weighted
Average Rate(Dollars in Thousands)Savings accounts
$302,340
13.64%
0.27%

$270,321
11.96%
0.57%

$274,067
12.57%
0.55%CDs
985,053
44.44
2.21

1,153,166
51.02
3.69

1,077,087
49.41
4.61Money market accounts
708,578
31.96
0.93

633,167
28.02
2.63

678,759
31.14
4.04Interest bearingchecking accounts
114,416
5.16
0.67

112,687
4.99
2.10

58,414
2.68
2.28Non-interest bearingchecking accounts
106,449
4.80
-

90,710
4.01
-

91,671
4.20
0.15Totals
$2,216,836
100.00%
1.35%

$2,260,051
100.00%
2.79%

$2,179,998
100.00%
3.59%








The weighted average maturity of the Bank's CDs at December 31, 2009 was 15.5months, compared to 8.8 months at December 31, 2008.  The following table presents, by interest rate ranges, the dollar
amount of CDs outstanding at the dates indicated and the period to maturity of the CDs outstanding at December 31, 2009:





Period to Maturity at December 31, 2009Interest Rate Range
One Year or Less
Over One Year
to Three Years
Over Three Years
to Five Years
Over Five Years

Total at
December 31,2009
Total at
December 31,2008
Total at
December 31,2007(Dollars in Thousands)2.00% and below
$427,743
$55,581
-
-

$483,324
$40,930
$21,8242.01% to 3.00%
79,850
130,731
4,929
-

215,510
237,070
21,9273.01% to 4.00%
108,291
31,420
95,163
-

234,874
504,395
230,5934.01% to 5.00%
11,698
5,100
33,265
-

50,063
354,252
509,3605.01% and above
1,198
84
-
-

1,282
16,519
293,383Total
$628,780
$222,916
$133,357
$-

$985,053
$1,153,166
$1,077,087







F-22


Borrowings.The Bank has been a member and shareholder of the FHLBNY since 1980. One of the privileges offered to FHLBNY shareholders is the ability to secure advances from the FHLBNY under various lending programs
at competitive interest rates.  The Bank's borrowing line equaled $1.37 billion at December 31, 2009.





The Bank had FHLBNY advances totaling $1.01 billion and $1.02 billion at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  The Bank maintained sufficient collateral, as defined by the FHLBNY (principally in the form of real estate loans), to secure such advances.





REPOS totaled $230.0 million at both December 31, 2009 and 2008.  REPOS involve the delivery of securities to broker-dealers as collateral for borrowing transactions. The securities remain registered in the name of the Bank, and are returned upon the maturities of the agreements.
Funds to repay the Bank's REPOS at maturity are provided primarily by cash received from the maturing securities.





Presented below is information concerning REPOS and FHLBNY advances for the periods presented:





REPOS:


At or for the Year Ended December 31,2009
2008
2007(Dollars in Thousands)Balance outstanding at end of period
$230,000
$230,000
$155,080Average interest cost at end of period
4.32%
4.32%
4.53%Average balance outstanding during the period
$230,000
$227,764
$132,685Average interest cost during the period
4.38%
3.80%
4.11%Carrying value of underlying collateral at end of period
$240,672
$251,744
$163,116Estimated fair value of underlying collateral
$248,694
$251,744
$163,116Maximum balance outstanding at month end during period
$230,000
$265,000
$155,160





FHLBNY Advances:


At or for the Year Ended December 31,2009
2008
2007(Dollars in Thousands)Balance outstanding at end of period
$1,009,675
$1,019,675
$706,500Average interest cost at end of period
3.49%
3.85%
4.07%Weighted average balance outstanding during the period
$958,538
$877,651
$520,972Average interest cost during the period
3.89%
4.00%
4.30%Maximum balance outstanding at month end during period
$1,009,675
$1,066,675
$706,500





Subsidiary Activities





In addition to the Bank, the Holding Company's direct and indirect subsidiaries consist of eight wholly-owned corporations, two of which are directly owned by the Holding Company and six of which are directly owned by the Bank. Havemeyer Equities Inc., a corporation formerly owned by the
Bank, was dissolved in 2007.  The following table presents an overview of the Holding Company's subsidiaries, other than the Bank, as of December 31, 2009:





Subsidiary
Year/ State
of Incorporation
Primary Business ActivitiesDirect Subsidiaries of the Holding Company:842 Manhattan Avenue Corp.
1995/ New York
Management and ownership of real estate.  Currently inactive.Dime Community Capital Trust I
2004/ Delaware
Statutory Trust (1)Direct Subsidiaries of the Bank:Boulevard Funding Corp.
1981 / New York
Management and ownership of real estateDime Insurance Agency Inc. (f/k/a Havemeyer Investments, Inc.)
1997 / New York
Sale of non-FDIC insured investment productsDSBW Preferred Funding Corp.
1998 / Delaware
Real Estate Investment Trust investing in multifamily
residential and commercial real estate loansDSBW Residential Preferred Funding Corp.
1998 / Delaware
Real Estate Investment Trust investing in one- tofour-family real estate loansDime Reinvestment Corporation
2004 / Delaware
Community Development Entity.  Currently inactive.195 Havemeyer Corp.
2008 / New York
Management and ownership of real estate







F-23


(1)   Dime Community Capital Trust I was established for the exclusive purpose of issuing and selling $72.2 million of capital securities and using the proceeds to acquire $72.2 million of junior subordinated debt securities issued by the Holding Company. The junior subordinated debt securities (referred to later in this Annual Report as "trust preferred securities payable," bear an interest rate of
7.0%, mature on April 14, 2034 and are the sole assets of Dime Community Capital Trust I.  In accordance with revised interpretation No. 46, "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of ARB No. 51," Dime Community Capital Trust I is not consolidated with the Holding Company for financial reporting purposes.





Personnel





As of December 31, 2009, the Company had 359 full-time employees and 74 part-time employees.  The employees are not represented by a collective bargaining unit, and the Holding Company and all of its subsidiaries consider their relationships with their employees to be good.





Federal, State and Local Taxation





Federal Taxation





The following is a general description of material tax matters and does not purport to be a comprehensive review of the tax rules applicable to the Company.





General.  The Company was last audited by the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") for its taxable year ended December 31, 1988.  For federal income tax purposes, the Company files a consolidated income tax return on
a December 31st fiscal year basis using the accrual method of accounting and is subject to federal income taxation in the same manner as other corporations with some exceptions, including, particularly, the Bank's tax reserve for bad debts, discussed below.





Tax Bad Debt Reserves.  The Bank, as a "large bank" under IRS classifications (i.e., one with assets having an adjusted basis in excess of $500 million), is: (i) unable
to make additions to its tax bad debt reserve, (ii) permitted to deduct bad debts only as they occur, and (iii) required to recapture (i.e., take into income) over a multi-year period a portion of the balance of its tax bad debt reserves as of June 30, 1996.  At the time of enactment of the recapture requirement, the Bank had already provided a deferred income tax liability for the post 1987 increase to the bad debt reserve for financial reporting
purposes.  There was thus no adverse impact to the Bank's financial condition or results of operations as a result of the legislation.





Distributions. Non-dividend distributions to shareholders of the Bank are considered distributions from the Bank's "base year tax bad debt reserve" (i.e., its reserve as of December
31, 1987, to the extent thereof), and then from its supplemental reserve for losses on loans.  Non-dividend distributions include distributions: (i) in excess of the Bank's current and accumulated earnings and profits, as calculated for federal income tax purposes; (ii) for redemption of stock; and (iii) for partial or complete liquidation.





An amount based on the total non-dividend distributions paid will be included in the Bank's taxable income in the year of distribution.  The amount of additional taxable income created from a non-dividend distribution is the amount that, when reduced by the amount of the tax attributable
to this income, is equal to the amount of the distribution. Thus, assuming a 35% federal corporate income tax rate, approximately one and one-half times the amount of such distribution (but not in excess of the amount of the above-mentioned reserves) would be includable in income for federal income tax purposes. (See "Item 1 – Business - Regulation - Regulation of Federal Savings Associations - Limitation on Capital Distributions," for a discussion of limits on the payment of
dividends by the Bank). The Bank does not intend to make distributions that would result in a recapture of any portion of its base year tax bad debt reserves.  Dividends paid out of current or accumulated earnings and profits will not be included in the Bank's income.





Corporate Alternative Minimum Tax. The Bank's federal rate for the year ended December 31, 2009 was 35% of taxable income.  The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") imposes a tax on alternative minimum taxable
income ("AMTI") at a rate of 20%. AMTI is adjusted by determining the tax treatment of certain items in a manner that negates the deferral or deduction of income resulting from the customary tax treatment of those items. Thus, the Bank's AMTI is increased by 75% of the amount by which the Bank's adjusted current earnings exceed its AMTI (determined without regard to this adjustment and prior to reduction for net operating losses).





State and Local Taxation





State of New York. The Company is subject to New York State ("NYS") franchise tax based on one of several alternative methods, whichever results in the greatest tax.  These methods are as follows: 1) entire net income, which
is federal taxable





F-24





income with adjustments; 2) .01% of assets; or 3) the alternative minimum tax of 3% (after the exclusion of certain preferential items).





For NYS tax purposes, as long as the Bank continues to satisfy certain definitional tests relating to its assets and the nature of its business, it will be permitted deductions, within specified formula limits, for additions to its tax bad debt reserves for purposes of computing its entire
net income.





The Bank is permitted a deduction with respect to "qualifying loans," which are generally loans secured by certain interests in real property.  The deduction may be computed using an amount based on the Bank's actual loss experience (the "Experience Method") or 32% of the Bank's
entire net income, computed without regard to this deduction and reduced by the amount of any permitted addition to the Bank's reserve for non-qualifying loans.  The Bank's deduction with respect to non-qualifying loans must be computed pursuant to the Experience Method.  The Bank reviews the most appropriate method of calculating the deduction attributable to an addition to the tax bad debt reserves each year.





The portion of the NYS tax bad debt reserve in excess of a reserve amount computed pursuant to the Experience Method is subject to recapture upon a non-dividend distribution in a manner similar to the recapture of the federal tax bad debt reserves for such distributions. The tax bad debt
reserve is additionally subject to recapture in the event that the Bank fails either to satisfy a thrift definitional test relating to the composition of its assets or to maintain a thrift charter.





In general, the Holding Company is not required to pay NYS tax on dividends and interest received from the Bank.





The statutory NYS tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2009 approximated 8.63% of taxable income.  This rate included a metropolitan commuter transportation district surcharge.





City of New York.  The Holding Company and the Bank are both subject to a NYC banking corporation tax based on one of several methods, whichever results in the greatest tax.   These methods are as follows: 1)
entire net income allocated to NYC, which is federal taxable income with adjustments; 2) .01% of assets; or 3) the alternative minimum tax of 3% (after the exclusion of certain preferential items).





NYC generally conforms its tax law to NYS tax law in the determination of taxable income (including the laws relating to tax bad debt reserves).  NYC tax law, however, did not allow a deduction for the carryover of a net operating loss of a banking company.  However,
as a result of a change to the NYC tax law, net operating losses incurred in tax years after 2008 may be carried over.





State of Delaware. As a Delaware holding company not earning income in Delaware, the Holding Company is exempt from Delaware corporate income tax, however, is required to file an annual report and pay an annual franchise tax to the
State of Delaware.





Regulation





General





The Bank is subject to extensive regulation, examination, and supervision by the OTS, as its chartering agency, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"), as its deposit insurer.  The Bank's deposit accounts are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC under the Deposit Insurance Fund ("DIF").  The Bank
must file reports with the OTS concerning its activities and financial condition, and must obtain regulatory approval prior to entering into certain transactions, such as mergers with, or acquisitions of, other depository institutions. The OTS conducts periodic examinations to assess the Bank's safety and soundness and compliance with various regulatory requirements. This regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which a savings association may engage and is intended primarily
for the protection of the DIF and depositors.  As a publicly-held unitary savings and loan holding company, the Holding Company is required to file certain reports with, and otherwise comply with the rules and regulations of, both the SEC, under the federal securities laws, and the OTS.





The OTS and the FDIC have significant discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes. Any change
in such policies, whether by the OTS, the FDIC or the United States Congress, could have a material adverse impact on the operations of the Company.





F-25


The following discussion is intended to be a summary of the material statutes and regulations applicable to savings associations and savings and loan holding companies, and does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all such statutes and regulations.





Regulation of Federal Savings Associations





Business Activities.The Bank derives its lending and investment powers from the Home Owners' Loan Act, as amended (''HOLA''), and the regulations of the OTS enacted thereunder. Pursuant thereto, the Bank may invest
in mortgage loans secured by residential and commercial real estate, commercial and consumer loans, certain types of debt securities, and certain other assets. The Bank may also establish service corporations that may engage in activities not otherwise permissible for the Bank, including certain real estate equity investments and securities and insurance brokerage activities. The investment powers are subject to various limitations, including a: (i) prohibition against the acquisition of any corporate debt security
not rated in one of the four highest rating categories; (ii) limit of 400% of capital on the aggregate amount of loans secured by non-residential real property; (iii) limit of 20% of assets on commercial loans, with the amount of commercial loans in excess of 10% of assets being limited to small business loans; (iv) limit of 35% of assets on the aggregate amount of consumer loans and commercial paper and corporate debt securities; (v) limit of 5% of assets on non-conforming loans (i.e.,
loans in excess of specified amounts); and (vi) limit of the greater of 5% of assets or capital on certain construction loans made for the purpose of financing property which is, or is expected to become, residential.





Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program.On November 21, 2008, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") adopted the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”) pursuant to its authority to prevent “systematic risk” in the U.S banking
system. It was adopted as an initiative to counter the system-wide crisis in the nation’s financial sector.  Under the TLGP, the FDIC guaranteed certain senior unsecured debt issued by participating institutions before October 31, 2009 and maturing on or before December 31, 2012.  On October 20, 2009, the FDIC established a limited, six-month emergency guarantee facility upon expiration of the TLGP.  Under this emergency guarantee facility, certain participating entities can
apply to the FDIC for permission to issue FDIC-guaranteed debt during the period October 31, 2009 through April 30, 2010.  In addition, the FDIC will fully insure non-interest bearing transaction deposit accounts held at participating FDIC-insured institutions through June 30, 2010.  The Company elected not to participate in the TLGP.





It is unclear what impact the current existence and phase out of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 ("EESA"), TARP Capital Purchase Program, TLGP, other previously announced liquidity and funding initiatives of the Federal Reserve and other agencies, and any additional programs that may be initiated in the future will have
on the financial markets and the other difficulties described above, including the current levels of volatility and limited credit availability, or on the U.S. banking and financial industries and the broader U.S. and global economies. Further negative effects could have an adverse impact on the Company and its business.





Proposed Financial Regulatory Reforms. On December 11, 2009, the House of Representatives passed H.R. 4173, the Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2009 (“Reform Bill”). The Reform Bill is intended to address perceived weaknesses in the U.S.
financial regulatory system and prevent future economic and financial crises. The Reform Bill, among other actions, creates three new governmental agencies: the Financial Services Oversight Council, the Federal Insurance Office and the Consumer Financial Protection Agency (“CFPA”). The CFPA will have the authority to implement and enforce a variety of existing consumer protection statutes and to issue new regulations.  In addition, the Reform Bill amends the Home Owners Loan Act to establish
a Division of Thrift Supervision (“Division”) within the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and to abolish the OTS and transfer its functions and personnel to the Division.  The Reform Bill preserves the federal thrift charter for thrifts such as the Bank.  Most significantly for the Company, the Reform Bill contains provisions which would result in thrift holding companies, such as the Holding Company, becoming bank holding companies subject to consolidated capital requirements,
Bank Holding Company Act limitations and supervision by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“FRB”).  Similar legislation is currently under consideration by the Senate’s Banking Committee.  The Senate’s proposed legislation also contemplates elimination of the federal thrift charter with federal thrifts being regulated by a proposed  new federal banking agency.  The exact requirements and timing of any final legislation cannot be
determined at this time.





Interagency Guidance on Nontraditional Mortgage Product Risks.  On October 4, 2006, the OTS and other federal bank regulatory authorities published the Interagency Guidance on Nontraditional Mortgage Product Risks (the “Nontraditional
Mortgage Product Guidance”). The Nontraditional Mortgage Product Guidance describes sound practices for managing risk, as well as marketing, originating and servicing nontraditional mortgage products, which include, among other things, interest only loans. The Nontraditional Mortgage Product Guidance sets forth supervisory expectations with respect to loan terms and underwriting standards, portfolio and risk management practices and consumer protection. For example, the Nontraditional Mortgage Product Guidance
indicates that originating interest only loans with reduced documentation is considered a layering of risk and that institutions are expected to demonstrate mitigating factors to support their underwriting decision and the borrower’s





F-26


repayment capacity. Specifically, the Nontraditional Mortgage Product Guidance indicates that a lender may accept a borrower’s statement as to the borrower’s income without obtaining verification only if there are mitigating factors that clearly minimize the need for direct verification of repayment capacity and that, for many
borrowers, institutions should be able to readily document income.





Statement on Subprime Lending.On June 29, 2007, the OTS and other federal bank regulatory agencies issued a final Statement on Subprime Mortgage Lending (the “Subprime Mortgage Statement”) to address the growing concerns
facing the subprime mortgage market, particularly with respect to rapidly rising subprime default rates that may indicate borrowers do not have the ability to repay adjustable-rate subprime loans originated by financial institutions.  In particular, the agencies express concern in the Subprime Mortgage Statement that current underwriting practices do not take into account that many subprime borrowers are not prepared for "payment shock" and that current subprime lending practices compound the risk for
financial institutions.  The Subprime Mortgage Statement describes the prudent safety and soundness and consumer protection standards that financial institutions should follow to ensure borrowers obtain loans that they can afford to repay.  These standards include a fully indexed, fully amortized qualification for borrowers and cautions on risk-layering features, including expectation that stated income and reduced documentation should be accepted only if there are documented mitigating factors
that clearly minimize the need for verification of a borrower's repayment capacity.  Consumer protection standards include clear and balanced product disclosures to customers and limits on prepayment penalties that allow for a reasonable period of time, typically at least 60 days, for borrowers to refinance prior to the expiration of the initial fixed interest rate period without penalty.  The Subprime Mortgage Statement also reinforces the April 17, 2007 Interagency Statement on Working with
Mortgage Borrowers, in which the federal bank regulatory agencies encouraged institutions to work constructively with residential borrowers who are financially unable or reasonably expected to be unable to meet their contractual payment obligations on their home loans.





The Company has never originated subprime loans. The Company has evaluated the Nontraditional Mortgage Product Guidance and the Subprime Mortgage Statement and determined its risk management practices, underwriting guidelines and consumer protection standards to be in compliance.





Loans to One Borrower.Under HOLA, savings associations are generally subject to limits on loans to one borrower identical to those imposed on national banks. Generally, pursuant to these
limits, a savings association may not advance a loan or extend credit to a single or related group of borrowers in excess of 15% of the association's unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus. Additional amounts may be advanced, not in excess of 10% of unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus, if such loans or extensions of credit are fully secured by cash or readily-marketable collateral. Such collateral is defined to include certain debt and equity securities and bullion, but generally does not include real
estate. At December 31, 2009, the Bank's limit on loans to one borrower was $44.9 million.  The Bank's largest aggregate amount of loans to one borrower on that date was $40.9 million and the second largest borrower had an aggregate loan balance of $36.8 million.





QTL Test. HOLA requires savings associations to satisfy a QTL test.  A savings association may satisfy the QTL test by maintaining at least 65% of its ''portfolio assets'' in certain ''qualified thrift investments'' during at least nine months
of the most recent twelve-month period. ''Portfolio assets'' means, in general, an association's total assets less the sum of: (i) specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets, (ii) certain intangibles, including goodwill, credit card relationships and purchased MSR, and (iii) the value of property used to conduct the association's business. ''Qualified thrift investments'' include various types of loans made for residential and housing purposes; investments related to such purposes, including certain mortgage-backed
and related securities; and small business, education, and credit card loans.  A savings association may additionally satisfy the QTL test by qualifying as a "domestic building and loan association" as defined in the Code.  At December 31, 2009, the Bank maintained 71.3% of its portfolio assets in qualified thrift investments. The Bank also satisfied the QTL test in each month during 2009, and, therefore, was a QTL.





A savings association that fails the QTL test must either operate under certain restrictions on its activities or convert to a bank charter. The initial restrictions include prohibitions against (i) engaging in any new activity not permissible for a national bank, (ii) paying dividends
not permissible under national bank regulations, and (iii) establishing any new branch office in a location not permissible for a national bank in the association's home state. In addition, within one year of the date a savings association ceases to satisfy the QTL test, any company controlling the association must register under, and become subject to the requirements of, the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended ("BHCA").  A savings association that has failed the QTL test may requalify under
the QTL test and be relieved of the limitations; however, it may do so only once.  If the savings association does not requalify under the QTL test within three years after failing the QTL test, it will be required to terminate any activity, and dispose of any investment, not permissible for a national bank.





Capital Requirements.OTS regulations require savings associations to satisfy three minimum capital standards: (i) a tangible capital ratio of 1.5%; (ii) a risk-based capital ratio of 8%; and (iii) a leverage capital ratio.  For
depository institutions that have been assigned the highest composite rating of 1 under the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System, the minimum





F-27


required leverage capital ratio is 3%.  For any other depository institution, the minimum required leverage capital ratio is 4%, unless a higher leverage capital ratio is warranted by the particular circumstances or risk profile of the depository institution.  In assessing an institution's capital adequacy, the OTS takes
into consideration not only these numeric factors but qualitative factors as well, and possesses the authority to establish increased capital requirements for individual institutions when necessary.





The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act ("FDICIA") requires that the OTS and other federal banking agencies revise their risk-based capital standards, with appropriate transition rules, to ensure that they take into account interest rate risk ("IRR"), concentration of
risk and the risks of non-traditional activities.  Current OTS regulations do not include a specific IRR component of the risk-based capital requirement; however, the OTS monitors the IRR of individual institutions through a variety of methods, including an analysis of the change in net portfolio value ("NPV").  NPV is the difference between the present value of the expected future cash flows of the Bank’s assets and liabilities, plus the value of net expected cash flows from either
loan origination commitments or purchases of securities and, therefore, hypothetically represents the value of an institution's net worth.  The OTS has also used the NPV analysis as part of its evaluation of certain applications or notices submitted by thrift institutions.  In addition, OTS Thrift Bulletin 13a provides guidance on the management of IRR and the responsibility of boards of directors in that area.  The OTS, through its general oversight of the safety and soundness of
savings associations, retains the right to impose minimum capital requirements on individual institutions to the extent they are not in compliance with certain written OTS guidelines regarding NPV analysis.  The OTS has not imposed any such requirements on the Bank.





The table below presents the Bank's regulatory capital compared to OTS regulatory capital requirements:





As of December 31, 2009Actual
Minimum Capital RequirementAmount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio(Dollars in Thousands)Tangible
$294,808
7.59%
$58,229
1.5%Leverage Capital
294,808
7.59
155,279
4.0Total Risk-based capital
301,731
11.28
213,968
8.0





The following is a reconciliation of GAAP capital to regulatory capital for the Bank:





At December 31, 2009Tangible Capital
Leverage Capital
Total Risk-Based
Capital(Dollars in Thousands)GAAP capital
$344,905
$344,905
$344,905Non-allowable assets:MSR
(279)
(279)
(279)Accumulated other comprehensive loss
5,820
5,820
5,820Goodwill
(55,638)
(55,638)
(55,638)Tier 1 risk-based capital
294,808
294,808
294,808Adjustment for recourse provision on loans sold
-
-
(15,263)General regulatory valuation allowance
-
-
22,185Total (Tier 2) risk based capital
294,808
294,808
301,731Minimum capital requirement
58,229
155,279
213,968Regulatory capital excess
$236,579
$139,529
$87,763





Advisory on Interest Rate Risk Management.  In January 2010, the OTS and other federal bank regulatory agencies (“Agencies”) released an Advisory on Interest Rate Risk Management (the "IRR Advisory") to remind
institutions of the supervisory expectations regarding sound practices for managing interest rate risk ("IRR").  While some degree of IRR is inherent in the business of banking, the Agencies expect institutions to have sound risk management practices in place to measure, monitor and control IRR exposures, and IRR management should be an integral component of an institution’s risk management infrastructure.  The Agencies expect all institutions to manage their IRR exposures using processes
and systems commensurate with their earnings and capital levels, complexity, business model, risk profile and scope of operations, and the IRR Advisory reiterates the importance of effective corporate governance, policies and procedures, risk measuring and monitoring systems, stress testing, and internal controls related to the IRR exposures of institutions.





F-28


The IRR Advisory encourages institutions to use a variety of techniques to measure IRR exposure which include simple maturity gap analysis, income measurement and valuation measurement for assessing the impact of changes in market rates as well as simulation modeling to measure IRR exposure.  Institutions
are encouraged to use the full complement of analytical capabilities of their IRR simulation models.  The IRR Advisory also reminds institutions that stress testing, which includes both scenario and sensitivity analysis, is an integral component of IRR management.  The IRR Advisory indicates that institutions should regularly assess IRR exposures beyond typical industry conventions, including changes in rates of greater magnitude (e.g.,
up and down 300 and 400 basis points as compared to the generally used up and down 200 basis points) across different tenors to reflect changing slopes and twists of the yield curve.





The IRR Advisory emphasizes that effective IRR management not only involves the identification and measurement of IRR, but also provides for appropriate actions to control this risk.  The adequacy and effectiveness of an institution’s IRR management process and the level
of its IRR exposure are critical factors in the Agencies’ evaluation of an institution’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates and capital adequacy.





Limitation on Capital Distributions.OTS regulations impose limitations upon capital distributions by savings associations, such as cash dividends, payments to purchase or otherwise acquire
its shares, payments to shareholders of another institution in a cash-out merger, and other distributions charged against capital.





As the subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company, the Bank is required to file a notice with the OTS at least 30 days prior to each capital distribution.  However, if the total amount of all capital distributions (including each proposed capital distribution) for the applicable
calendar year exceeds net income for that year plus the retained net income for the preceding two years, the Bank must file an application for OTS approval of a proposed capital distribution.  In addition, the OTS can prohibit a proposed capital distribution otherwise permissible under the regulation if it determines that the association is in need of greater than customary supervision or that a proposed distribution would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice. Further, under OTS prompt corrective
action regulations, the Bank would be prohibited from making a capital distribution if, after the distribution, the Bank would fail to satisfy its minimum capital requirements, as described above  (See ''Item 1 – Business - Regulation - Regulation of Federal Savings Associations - Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action'').  In addition, pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act ("FDIA"), an insured depository institution such as the Bank is prohibited from making
capital distributions, including the payment of dividends, if, after making such distribution, the institution would become "undercapitalized" as defined in the FDIA.





Liquidity.Pursuant to OTS regulations,the Bank is required to maintain sufficient liquidity to ensure its safe and sound operation (See "Part
II - Item 7 – Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources" for further discussion).  At December 31, 2009, the Bank satisfied all such liquidity requirements.





Assessments.   Savings associations are required by OTS regulation to pay semi-annual assessments to the OTS to fund its operations.  The regulations base the assessment for individual savings associations, other than those with total assets never exceeding $100.0 million,
on three components: the size of the association (on which the basic assessment is based); the association's supervisory condition, which results in percentage increases for any savings institution with a composite rating of 3, 4 or 5 in its most recent safety and soundness examination; and the complexity of the association's operations, which results in percentage increases for a savings association that managed over $1 billion in trust assets, serviced loans for other institutions aggregating more than $1 billion,
or had certain off-balance sheet assets aggregating more than $1 billion.  Savings and loan holding companies are also required to pay semi-annual assessments to the OTS.





Branching.Subject to certain limitations, HOLA and OTS regulations permit federally chartered savings associations to establish branches in any state of the United States. The authority to establish such a branch
is available: (i) in states that expressly authorize branches of savings associations located in another state, and (ii) to an association that either satisfies the QTL test or qualifies as a ''domestic building and loan association'' under the Code, which imposes qualification requirements similar to those for a QTL under HOLA (See "Item 1 – Business - Regulation - Regulation of Federal Savings Associations - QTL Test'').  HOLA and OTS regulations preempt any state law
purporting to regulate branching by federal savings associations.





Community Reinvestment.Under the Community Reinvestment Act ("CRA"), as implemented by OTS regulations, a savings association possesses a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with its safe and sound
operation, to help satisfy the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution's discretion to develop the types of products and services it believes are most appropriate to its particular community. The CRA requires the OTS, in connection with its examination of a savings association, to assess the association's record of satisfying the credit
needs of its community and consider such record in its evaluation of certain applications by the association.  The assessment is composed of three tests:





F-29





(i) a lending test, to evaluate the institution's record of making loans in its service areas; (ii) an investment test, to evaluate the institution's record of investing in community development projects, affordable housing, and programs benefiting low or moderate income individuals and businesses; and (iii) a service test, to evaluate
the institution's delivery of services through its branches, automated teller machines and other offices.  The CRA also requires all institutions to make public disclosure of their CRA ratings. The Bank received an "Outstanding" CRA rating in its most recent examination.   Regulations additionally require that the Bank publicly disclose certain agreements that are in fulfillment of the CRA.  The Bank has no such agreements.





Transactions with Related Parties.The Bank's authority to engage in transactions with its ''affiliates'' is limited by OTS regulations, Sections 23A, 23B, 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act (''FRA''), Regulation
W issued by the FRB, as well as additional limitations adopted by the Director of the OTS.  OTS regulations regarding transactions with affiliates conform to Regulation W.  These provisions, among other matters, prohibit, limit or place restrictions upon a savings institution extending credit to, or entering into certain transactions with, its affiliates, which, for the Bank, would include the Holding Company, principal shareholders, directors and executive officers.





OTS regulations include additional restrictions on savings associations under Section 11 of HOLA, including provisions prohibiting a savings association from: (i) advancing a loan to an affiliate engaged in non-bank holding company activities; and (ii) purchasing or investing in securities issued by an affiliate that is not a subsidiary.  OTS
regulations also include certain exemptions from these prohibitions.  The FRB and the OTS require each depository institution that is subject to Sections 23A and 23B to implement policies and procedures to ensure compliance with Regulation W and the OTS regulations regarding transactions with affiliates.





Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 ("Sarbanes-Oxley") prohibits the extension of personal loans to directors and executive officers of issuers (as defined in Sarbanes-Oxley).  The prohibition, however, does not apply to any loan by an insured depository institution,
such as the Bank, if the loan is subject to the insider lending restrictions of Section 22(h) of the FRA, as implemented by Regulation O (12 CFR 215).





The Bank's authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers, and shareholders owning 10% or more of the Holding Company's outstanding common stock, as well as to entities controlled by such persons, is additionally governed by the requirements of Sections 22(g) and 22(h)
of the FRA and Regulation O of the FRB enacted thereunder. Among other matters, these provisions require that extensions of credit to insiders: (i) be made on terms substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons and that do not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features; and (ii) not exceed certain amount limitations individually and in the aggregate,
which limits are based, in part, on the amount of the association's capital. Regulation O additionally requires that extensions of credit in excess of certain limits be approved in advance by the association's board of directors.   The Holding Company and Bank both presently prohibit loans to Directors and executive management.





Enforcement.Under FDICIA, the OTS possesses primary enforcement responsibility over federally-chartered savings associations and has the authority to bring enforcement action against all ''institution-affiliated
parties,'' including any controlling stockholder or any shareholder, attorney, appraiser or accountant who knowingly or recklessly participates in any violation of applicable law or regulation, breach of fiduciary duty or certain other wrongful actions that cause, or are likely to cause, more than minimal loss or other significant adverse effect on an insured savings association. Civil penalties cover a wide series of violations and actions and range from $5,000 for each day during which violations of law, regulations,
orders, and certain written agreements and conditions continue, up to $1 million per day if the person obtained a substantial pecuniary gain as a result of such violation or knowingly or recklessly caused a substantial loss to the institution. Criminal penalties for certain financial institution crimes include fines of up to $1 million and imprisonment for up to 30 years. In addition, regulators possess substantial discretion to take enforcement action against an institution that fails to comply with regulatory
structure, particularly with respect to capital requirements. Possible enforcement actions range from the imposition of a capital plan and capital directive to receivership, conservatorship, or the termination of deposit insurance. Under FDICIA, the FDIC has the authority to recommend to the Director of the OTS that enforcement action be taken with respect to a particular savings association. If action is not taken by the Director, the FDIC possesses authority to take such action under certain circumstances.





Standards for Safety and Soundness.Pursuant to FDICIA, as amended by the Riegle Community Development and Regulatory Improvement Act of 1994, the OTS, together with the other federal bank regulatory agencies, has
adopted guidelines prescribing safety and soundness standards relating to internal controls and information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings and compensation, fees and benefits. In general, the guidelines require, among other features, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risks and exposures specified in the guidelines. The guidelines prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe
and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director or principal shareholder.  In addition, the OTS has adopted regulations





F-30





pursuant to FDICIA that authorize, but do not require, the OTS to order an institution that has been given notice by the OTS that it is not satisfying any of such safety and soundness standards to submit a compliance plan. If, after being so notified, an institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan or fails in any material
respect to implement an accepted compliance plan, the OTS must issue an order directing action to correct the deficiency and may issue an order directing other actions of the types to which an undercapitalized association is subject under the ''prompt corrective action'' provisions of FDICIA (See "Item 1 – Business - Regulation - Regulation of Savings Associations – Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action").  If an institution fails to comply with such an order, the OTS
may seek enforcement in judicial proceedings and the imposition of civil money penalties.





Real Estate Lending Standards.The OTS and the other federal banking agencies have adopted regulations prescribing standards for extensions of credit that are (i) secured by real estate, or (ii) made for the purpose
of financing the construction of improvements on real estate.  The regulations require each savings association to establish and maintain written internal real estate lending standards that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices and appropriate to the size of the association and the nature and scope of its real estate lending activities. The standards must additionally conform to accompanying OTS guidelines, which include loan-to-value ratios for the different types of real estate loans.
Associations are permitted to make a limited amount of loans that do not conform to the loan-to-value limitations provided such exceptions are reviewed and justified appropriately. The guidelines additionally contain a number of lending situations in which exceptions to the loan-to-value standards are permitted.





In 2006, the OTS adopted guidance entitled "Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate (CRE) Lending, Sound Risk Management Practices" (the "CRE Guidance"), to address concentrations of commercial real estate loans in savings associations.  The CRE Guidance reinforces
and enhances the OTS existing regulations and guidelines for real estate lending and loan portfolio management, but does not establish specific commercial real estate lending limits.  Rather, the CRE Guidance seeks to promote sound risk management practices that will enable savings associations to continue to pursue commercial real estate lending in a safe and sound manner.  The CRE Guidance applies to savings associations with an accumulation of credit concentration exposures and asks that
the associations quantify the additional risk such exposures may pose.  Such quantification should include the stratification of the commercial real estate portfolio by, among other qualities, property type, geographic market, tenant concentrations, tenant industries, developer concentrations and risk rating.  In addition, an institution should perform periodic market analyses for the various property types and geographic markets represented in its portfolio.  Further, an institution
with commercial real estate concentration risk should also perform portfolio level stress tests or sensitivity analysis to quantify the impact of changing economic conditions on asset quality, earnings and capital.  In January 2010, the Bank implemented a lending policy, which limits the Bank's aggregate exposure to commercial real estate loans (i.e., loans where income produced by the collateral is less than 50% from residential sources, construction
loans and land loans) to the lesser of 400% of total capital or 30% of assets.  As of December 31, 2009, the Bank was well below these maximum guidelines.


On October 30, 2009, the Agencies adopted a policy statement supporting prudent commercial real estate loan workouts (the "Policy Statement"). The Policy Statement provides guidance for examiners, and for financial institutions that are working with commercial real estate borrowers who
are experiencing diminished operating cash flows, depreciated collateral values, or prolonged delays in selling or renting commercial properties. The Policy Statement details risk-management practices for loan workouts that support prudent and pragmatic credit and business decision-making within the framework of financial accuracy, transparency, and timely loss recognition.  Financial institutions that implement prudent loan workout arrangements after performing comprehensive reviews of borrowers' financial
conditions will not be subject to criticism for engaging in these efforts, even if the restructured loans have weaknesses that result in adverse credit classifications. In addition, performing loans, including those renewed or restructured on reasonable modified terms, made to creditworthy borrowers, will not be subject to adverse classification solely because the value of the underlying collateral declined.  The Policy Statement reiterates existing guidance that examiners are expected to take a balanced
approach in assessing an institution's risk-management practices for loan workout activities.





Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action.Under the OTS prompt corrective action regulations, the OTS is required to take certain, and authorized to take other, supervisory actions against undercapitalized
savings associations. For this purpose, a savings association is placed in one of five categories based on its capital: "well capitalized," "adequately capitalized," "undercapitalized," "significantly undercapitalized," and "critically undercapitalized." Generally, a capital restoration plan must be filed with the OTS within 45 days of the date an association receives notice that it is "undercapitalized," "significantly undercapitalized" or "critically undercapitalized," and the plan must be guaranteed by any
parent holding company.  In addition, the institution becomes subject to various mandatory supervisory actions, including restrictions on growth of assets and other forms of expansion.  Generally, under the OTS regulations, a federally chartered savings association is treated as well capitalized if its total risk-based capital ratio is 10% or greater, its Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio is 6% or greater, its leverage ratio is 5% or greater, and it is not subject to any order or directive by
the OTS to meet a specific capital level.  As of December 31, 2009, the Bank satisfied all criteria necessary to be categorized "well capitalized" under the prompt corrective action regulatory framework.





F-31





When appropriate, the OTS can require corrective action by a savings association holding company under the ''prompt corrective action'' provisions of FDICIA.





Insurance of Deposit Accounts.The FDIC provides insurance of up to $250,000 per depositor.  This insurance guarantee, which can be amended by an act of the United States Congress, is currently authorized
through December 31, 2013.





Savings associations are required to pay a deposit insurance premium.  The amount of the premium is determined based upon a risk-based assessment system, which was amended effective January 1, 2007.  During the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Bank was not
required to pay any assessments on its deposits under the previously existing FDIC policies.   Under the amended system, the FDIC assigns an institution to one of four  risk categories entitled Risk Category I, II, III and IV, with Risk Category I considered most favorable and Risk Category IV considered least favorable.  Risk Category I contains all well capitalized institutions with capital adequacy, asset quality, management, earnings, and liquidity component ratings ("CAMEL
Component Ratings") of either 1 or 2.  Risk Category II contains all institutions that are adequately capitalized and possess CAMEL Component Ratings of either 1, 2 or 3.  Risk Category III contains either undercapitalized institutions that have CAMEL Composite Ratings of 1, 2 or 3 or adequately capitalized institutions that have CAMEL Composite Ratings of 4 or 5.  Risk Category IV contains all institutions that are undercapitalized and have a CAMEL Composite Ratings of 4 or 5.  The
Bank currently falls within Risk Category I.  Base assessment rates for institutions within Risk Category I range from 12 to 16 basis points, depending upon a combination of the institution's CAMEL Component Ratings and financial ratios.  The base assessment rates are fixed at 22 basis points, 32 basis points and 45 basis points for institutions within Risk Categories II, III and IV, respectively.  The FDIC has the flexibility to adjust rates, without further notice-and-comment rulemaking,
provided that no such adjustment can be greater than 3 basis points from one quarter to the next, adjustments cannot result in rates more than 3 basis points above or below the base rates and rates cannot be negative.  Total base assessment rates, after applying all possible adjustments, as described below, currently range from 7 to 77.5 basis points of deposits.





In November 2006, the FDIC notified the Bank that it was granted a credit of $1.6 million to apply against its insurance premiums commencing in 2007.  This credit resulted from final implementation of a provision of the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005 that compensated
financial institutions such as the Bank that were required to pay insurance premiums prior to 1996 while other financial institutions that had units that operated under industrial loan company and thrift charters were not. Of the total credit, $1.1 million was used to offset 100% of the 2007 deposit insurance assessment.  The $466,000 remaining credit was utilized to offset a portion of the deposit insurance assessments in 2008.





The Deposit Insurance Funds Act of 1996 amended the FDIA to recapitalize the SAIF (which was merged with the BIF into the newly-formed DIF on March 31, 2006) and expand the assessment base for the payments of Financing Corporation ("FICO") bonds.  FICO bonds were sold by the federal
government in order to finance the recapitalization of the SAIF and BIF insurance funds that was necessitated following payments from the funds to compensate depositors of federally-insured depository institutions that experienced bankruptcy and dissolution during the 1980's and 1990's.  The assessment rate is adjusted quarterly and was 0.0114% of total deposits of the Bank for the fourth quarter of 2008 and the first quarter of 2009.  The Bank's total expense in 2009 for the FICO bonds assessment
was $257,000.





The FDIC established 1.25% of estimated insured deposits as the designated reserve ratio of the DIF.  The FDIC is authorized to change the assessment rates as necessary, subject to the previously discussed limitations, to maintain the required reserve ratio of 1.25%.  As a result of the recent failures of a number of
banks and thrifts, there has been a significant increase in the loss provisions of the DIF of the FDIC.  This has resulted in a decline in the DIF reserve ratio.  Because the DIF reserve ratio declined below 1.15% and is expected to remain below 1.15%, the FDIC was required to establish a restoration plan in October, 2008 to restore the reserve ratio to 1.15% within five years., which term has now been extended to 7 years by the FDIC.  In order to restore the reserve ratio to 1.15%,
on February 27, 2009, the FDIC adopted a final rule which set the initial base assessment rates beginning April 1, 2009 and provided for the following adjustments to an institution's assessment rate: (i) a decrease for long-term unsecured debt, including most senior and subordinated debt (specifically, an institution’s base assessment rate will be reduced from the initial rate using the institution’s ratio of long-term unsecured debt to domestic deposits, although any such decrease will be limited
to 5 basis points); (ii) an increase for secured liabilities above a threshold amount (specifically, if an institution’s ratio of secured liabilities to domestic deposits is greater than 25 percent, the institution’s assessment rate will increase, but the resulting base assessment rate will be no more than 50 percent greater than it was before the adjustment); and (iii) for non-Risk Category I institutions, an increase for brokered deposits above a threshold amount (specifically, if an institution
has a ratio of brokered deposits to domestic deposits that is greater than 10 percent, the institution’s assessment rate will be increased, although never by more than 10 basis points).  The Bank estimates that its total assessments will range between 15 and 17 basis points of total deposits during the year ending December 31, 2010.





F-32


In May 2009, the FDIC adopted a final rule implementing a 0.05% special assessment of each insured depository institution's assets minus Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009, but no more than 0.10% times the institution's deposit assessment base for the second quarter of 2009, which was  collected by the FDIC on September 30, 2009.  Additional
special assessments may be imposed by the FDIC for future periods.





The adopted increases in assessments resulted in total pre-tax assessment expense of $3.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2009.  In addition, the Bank recognized a special assessment of $1.8 million during the quarter ended June 30, 2009, representing 0.05% of the Bank's total assets (net of Tier 1 capital)
at June 30, 2009.  On September 29, 2009, the FDIC amended its restoration plan for the DIF.  Under the amended plan, the FDIC increased assessment rates by a uniform three basis points effective January 1, 2011 and did not impose additional special assessments in 2009.   In addition, on November 17, 2009, the FDIC adopted a final rule that required insured depository institutions to prepay their quarterly deposit insurance assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for
all of 2010, 2011 and 2012 on December 30, 2009, together with their regular deposit insurance assessment for the third quarter of 2009.  The Bank's payment on December 30, 2009 totaled approximately $13.4 million.





Privacy and Security Protection.The OTS has adopted regulations implementing the privacy protection provisions of The Gramm- Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 ("Gramm-Leach").  The regulations require financial institutions
to adopt procedures to protect customers and their "non-public personal information."  The regulations require the Bank to disclose its privacy policy, including identifying with whom it shares "non-public personal information," to customers at the time of establishing the customer relationship and annually thereafter.  In addition, the Bank is required to provide its customers the ability to "opt-out" of the sharing of their personal information with unaffiliated third parties, if the sharing
of such information does not satisfy any of the permitted exceptions.  The Bank's existing privacy protection policy complies with the regulations.





The Bank is additionally subject to regulatory guidelines establishing standards for safeguarding customer information.  The guidelines describe the federal banking agencies' expectations for the creation, implementation and maintenance of an information security program, including
administrative, technical and physical safeguards appropriate to the size and complexity of the institution and the nature and scope of its activities.  The standards set forth in the guidelines are intended to insure the security and confidentiality of customer records and information, and protect against anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of such records and unauthorized access to or use of such records or information that could result in substantial customer harm or inconvenience.





Gramm-Leach additionally permits each state to enact legislation that is more protective of consumers' personal information.  Currently, there are a number of privacy bills pending in the New York legislature.  Management of the Company cannot predict the impact, if
any, of these bills if enacted.





Internet Banking.Technological developments are dramatically altering the methods by which most companies, including financial institutions, conduct their business.  The growth of the Internet is prompting banks
to reconsider business strategies and adopt alternative distribution and marketing systems.  The federal banking regulatory agencies have conducted seminars and published materials targeted at various aspects of Internet banking and have indicated their intention to re-evaluate their regulations to ensure they encourage bank efficiency and competitiveness consistent with safe and sound banking practices.  The Company cannot assure that federal bank regulatory agencies will not adopt new regulations
that will materially affect or restrict the Bank's Internet operations.





Insurance Activities.As a federal savings association, the Bank is generally permitted to engage in certain insurance activities through subsidiaries.  OTS regulations prohibit depository institutions from conditioning
the extension of credit to individuals upon either the purchase of an insurance product or annuity or an agreement by the consumer not to purchase an insurance product or annuity from an entity not affiliated with the depository institution.  The regulations additionally require prior disclosure of this prohibition if such products are offered to credit applicants.





Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") System.The Bank is a member of the FHLBNY, which is one of the twelve regional FHLB's composing the FHLB System. Each FHLB provides a central credit facility primarily for its member
institutions. Any advances from the FHLBNY must be secured by specified types of collateral, and long-term advances may be obtained only for the purpose of providing funds for residential housing finance.  The Bank, as a member of the FHLBNY, is currently required to acquire and hold shares of FHLBNY Class B stock.  The Class B stock has a par value of $100 per share and is redeemable upon five years notice, subject to certain conditions.  The Class B stock has two subclasses, one
for membership stock purchase requirements and the other for activity-based stock purchase requirements.  The minimum stock investment requirement in the FHLBNY Class B stock is the sum of the membership stock purchase requirement, determined on an annual basis at the end of each calendar year, and the activity-based stock purchase requirement, determined on a daily basis.  For the Bank, the





F-33


membership stock purchase requirement is 0.2% of "mortgage-related assets," as defined by the FHLBNY, which consist primarily of residential mortgage loans and MBS held by the Bank.  The activity-based stock purchase requirement for the Bank is equal to the sum of: (i) 4.5% of outstanding borrowings from the FHLBNY; (ii) 4.5%
of the outstanding principal balance of the "acquired member assets," as defined by the FHLBNY, and delivery commitments for acquired member assets; (iii) a specified dollar amount related to certain off-balance sheet items, which for the Bank is zero; and (iv) a specific percentage range from 0% to 5% of the carrying value on the FHLBNY's balance sheet of derivative contracts between the FHLBNY and its members, which is also zero for the Bank.  The Bank was in compliance with these requirements with
an investment in FHLBNY Class B stock of $54.1 million at December 31, 2009.  The FHLBNY can adjust the specific percentages and dollar amount periodically within the ranges established by the FHLBNY capital plan.





Federal Reserve System.   The Bank is subject to provisions of the FRA and FRB regulations pursuant to which savings associations are required to maintain non-interest-earning cash reserves against their transaction
accounts (primarily NOW and regular checking accounts).  FRB regulations generally require that reserves be maintained in the amount of 3% of the aggregate of transaction accounts in excess of $10.7 million through $55.2 million (subject to adjustment by the FRB) plus a reserve of 10% (subject to adjustment by the FRB between 8% and 14%) against the portion of total transaction accounts in excess of $55.2 million.  The initial $10.7 million of otherwise reservable balances are currently exempt
from the reserve requirements, however, the exemption is adjusted by the FRB at the end of each year.  The Bank is in compliance with the foregoing reserve requirements.





Because required reserves must be maintained in the form of either vault cash, a non-interest-bearing account at a Federal Reserve Bank, or a pass-through account as defined by the FRB, the effect of this reserve requirement is to reduce the Bank's interest-earning assets. The balances
maintained to satisfy the FRB reserve requirements may be used to satisfy liquidity requirements imposed by the OTS.





Pursuant to the EESA, the FRB announced on October 6, 2008, that the Federal Reserve Banks will begin to pay interest on depository institutions’ required and excess reserve balances.  Paying interest on required reserve balances should essentially eliminate the opportunity
cost of holding required reserves, promoting efficiency in the banking sector.  The interest rate paid on required reserve balances is currently the average target federal funds rate over the reserve maintenance period. The rate on excess balances will be set equal to the lowest FOMC target rate in effect during the reserve maintenance period.  The payment of interest on excess reserves will permit the Federal Reserve to expand its balance sheet as necessary to provide the liquidity necessary
to support financial stability.





Depository institutions are additionally authorized to borrow from the Federal Reserve ''discount window,'' however, FRB regulations require such institutions to hold reserves in the form of vault cash or deposits with Federal Reserve Banks in order to borrow.





Anti-Money Laundering and Customer Identification.   The Company is subject to Bank Secrecy Act amendments and specific OTS guidance in relation
to implementing the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 ("PATRIOT Act").  The PATRIOT Act provides the federal government with powers to address terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing and broadened anti-money laundering requirements.  By way of amendments to the Bank Secrecy Act, Title III of the PATRIOT Act enacted measures
intended to encourage information sharing among bank regulatory and law enforcement agencies.  In addition, certain provisions of Title III and the OTS guidance impose affirmative obligations on a broad range of financial institutions, including banks and thrifts.  Title III imposes the following requirements, among others, with respect to financial institutions: (i) establishment of anti-money laundering programs; (ii) establishment of procedures for obtaining identifying information from
customers opening new accounts, including verifying their identity within a reasonable period of time; (iii) establishment of enhanced due diligence policies, procedures and controls designed to detect and report money laundering; and (iv) prohibition on correspondent accounts for foreign shell banks and compliance with recordkeeping obligations with respect to correspondent accounts of foreign banks.





In addition, bank regulators are directed to consider a holding company's effectiveness in preventing money laundering when ruling on FRA and Bank Merger Act applications.





Regulation of Holding Company





The Holding Company is a non-diversified unitary savings and loan holding company within the meaning of HOLA. As such, it is required to register with the OTS and is subject to OTS regulations, examinations, supervision and reporting requirements. In addition, the OTS has enforcement authority
over the Holding Company's non-savings association subsidiaries.  Among other effects,








F-34


this authority permits the OTS to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to be a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness, or stability of a subsidiary savings association.





HOLA prohibits a savings association holding company, directly or indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries, from acquiring another savings association or holding company thereof, without prior written approval of the OTS; acquiring or retaining, with certain exceptions, more than
5% of a non-subsidiary savings association, non-subsidiary holding company, or non-subsidiary company engaged in activities other than those permitted by HOLA; or acquiring or retaining control of a depository institution that is not insured by the FDIC. In evaluating an application by a holding company to acquire a savings association, the OTS must consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the company and savings association involved, the effect of the acquisition on the risk to
the insurance funds, the convenience and needs of the community, and competitive factors.





Gramm-Leach additionally restricts the powers of new unitary savings and loan association holding companies.  A unitary savings and loan holding company that is "grandfathered," i.e., became a unitary savings and loan holding
company pursuant to an application filed with the OTS prior to May 4, 1999, such as the Holding Company, retains the authority it possessed under the law in existence as of May 4, 1999.  All other savings and loan holding companies are limited to financially related activities permissible for bank holding companies, as defined under Gramm-Leach.  Gramm-Leach also prohibits non-financial companies from acquiring grandfathered savings and loan association holding companies.





Upon any non-supervisory acquisition by the Holding Company of another savings association or a savings bank that satisfies the QTL test and is deemed to be a savings association by the OTS and that will be held as a separate subsidiary, the Holding Company will become a multiple savings
association holding company and will be subject to limitations on the types of business activities in which it may engage.  HOLA currently limits the activities of a multiple savings association holding company and its non-insured association subsidiaries primarily to activities permissible under Section 4(c)(8) of the BHCA, subject to prior approval of the OTS, and to other activities authorized by OTS regulation.  Effective in April 2008, however, all savings and loan association holding
companies became permitted, with the prior approval of the OTS, to engage in all activities in which bank holding companies may engage under any regulation the FRB has promulgated under Section 4(c) of the BHCA.





The OTS is prohibited from approving any acquisition that would result in a multiple savings association holding company controlling savings associations in more than one state, subject to two exceptions: an acquisition of a savings association in another state (i) in a supervisory transaction,
or (ii) pursuant to authority under the laws of the state of the association to be acquired that specifically permit such acquisitions.  The conditions imposed upon interstate acquisitions by those states that have enacted authorizing legislation vary.





The Bank must file a notice with the OTS prior to the payment of any dividends or other capital distributions to the Holding Company  (See "Item 1 – Business - Regulation - Regulation of Federal Savings Associations - Limitation on Capital Distributions'').





Federal Securities Laws





The Holding Company's common stock is registered with the SEC under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act.  It is subject to the periodic reporting, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements under the Exchange Act.





Item 1A.   Risk Factors





The Company's  business may be adversely affected by conditions in the financial markets and economic conditions generally.





The United States economy has undergone a severe recession and remains in a period of limited growth and historically high unemployment.  Business activity across a wide range of industries and regions has been challenged and individuals, local governments and many businesses are experiencing financial difficulties.





The Company has been adversely affected by declines in the values of several asset classes. Declining asset values, defaults on mortgages and consumer loans, and the lack of market and investor confidence, as well as other factors, have all combined to decrease the availability of liquidity.  Some banks and other lenders have
suffered significant losses. The foregoing has significantly weakened the strength and liquidity of many financial institutions worldwide.





The Company's financial performance generally, and in particular the ability of borrowers to pay interest on and repay principal of outstanding loans and the value of collateral securing those loans, is highly dependent upon the business environment in the markets where the Company operates, in the New York metropolitan area and in the
United States as a





F-35





whole.  Conditions in these marketplaces remain historically weak, and there can be no assurance that they will improve in the near term. Should such conditions worsen or continue to remain weak, they may continue to adversely affect the credit quality of the Bank's loans, results of operations and financial condition.





The Bank’s focus on multifamily and commercial real estate lending may subject it to greater risk of an adverse impact on operations from a decline in the economy.





The credit quality of the Bank's portfolio can have a significant impact on the Company's earnings, results of operations and financial condition.  The majority of loans in the Bank’s portfolio are secured by multifamily residential property. Multifamily loans have traditionally been viewed as exposing lenders to a greater
risk of loss than one- to four-family residential loans, due to the following concerns:  1) They typically involve higher loan principal amounts and thus expose the Bank to a greater potential impact of losses from any one loan or concentration of loans to one borrower relative to the size of the Bank’s capital position; and 2) their borrowers often own several properties, and often a borrower experiencing financial difficulties in connection with one income producing property may default on all
of his or her outstanding loans, even if the properties securing the other loans are generating positive cash flow.  See "Part II.   Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk" for a further discussion.





As part of the Company’s strategic plan, it increased its emphasis on commercial real estate loans from 2002 through 2007. Loans secured by commercial real estate are generally larger and involve a greater degree of risk than one- to four-family and multifamily residential mortgage loans. Because payments on loans secured by commercial
real estate are often dependent upon successful operation or management of the collateral properties, repayment of such loans is generally subject to a greater extent to prevailing conditions in the real estate market or the economy.  Further, the collateral securing such loans may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based upon the success of the business.





Multifamily and commercial real estate loans additionally involve a greater risk than one- to four- family residential mortgage loans because economic and real estate conditions, and government regulations such as rent control and rent stabilization laws, which are outside the control of the borrower or the Bank, could impair the value
of the security for the loan or the future cash flow of such properties. As a result, rental income might not rise sufficiently over time to satisfy increases in the loan rate at repricing or increases in overhead expenses (i.e., utilities, taxes, etc.). Impaired loans are thus difficult to identify before they become problematic. In addition, if the cash flow from a collateral property is reduced (e.g.,
if leases are not obtained or renewed), the borrower’s ability to repay the loan and the value of the security for the loan may be impaired.





In addition, in deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions, the Bank may rely on information furnished by or on behalf of a customer and counterparties, including financial statements, credit reports and other financial information. Reliance on inaccurate or misleading financial information could have a material
adverse impact on the Company's business and, in turn, its financial condition and results of operations.





The Company is dependent on economic and real estate conditions and geographic concentration in its market area.





The Bank gathers deposits primarily from the communities and neighborhoods in close proximity to its branches. The Bank lends primarily in the NYC metropolitan area, although its overall lending area is much larger, and extends approximately 150 miles in each direction from its corporate headquarters in Brooklyn. The majority of the Bank’s
mortgage loans are secured by properties located in its primary lending area, approximately 75% of which are located in the NYC boroughs of Brooklyn, Queens and Manhattan.  As a result of this geographic concentration, the Bank’s results of operations depend largely upon economic conditions in this area.  A deterioration in economic conditions or increase in unemployment in the NYC metropolitan area could have a material adverse impact upon the quality of the Bank’s loan portfolio
and the demand for its products and services, and, accordingly, on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows, business, financial condition and prospects.





Conditions in the real estate markets in which the collateral for the Bank’s mortgage loans are located strongly influence the level of the Bank’s non-performing loans and the value of its collateral. Real estate values are affected by, among other items, fluctuations in general or local economic conditions, supply and demand,
changes in governmental rules or policies, the availability of loans to potential purchasers and acts of nature. Declines in real estate markets have in the past, and may in the future, negatively impact the Company’s results of operations, cash flows, business, financial condition and prospects.  In addition, at December 31, 2009 the Bank had ten borrowers for which its total lending exposure equaled or exceeded 10% of its capital.  Total default by these borrowers could adversely impact
the Bank's financial condition and results of operations.





The Bank’s allowance for loan losses may be insufficient.





F-36


The Bank’s allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level considered adequate by management to absorb losses inherent in its loan portfolio. The amount of inherent loan losses which could be ultimately realized is susceptible to changes in economic, operating and other conditions, including changes in interest rates, that could
be beyond the Bank’s control. Such losses could exceed current estimates. Although management believes that the Bank’s allowance for loan losses is adequate, there can be no assurance that the allowance will be sufficient to satisfy actual loan losses should such losses be realized. Any increases in the allowance for loan losses will result in a decrease in net income and capital, and may have a material adverse effect on the Bank’s financial condition and results of operations.





Increases in interest rates may reduce the Company’s profitability.





The Bank’s primary source of income is its net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income earned on its interest earning assets and the interest expense incurred on its interest bearing liabilities. The Bank's one-year interest rate sensitivity gap is the difference between interest rate sensitive assets
maturing or repricing within one year and its interest rate sensitive liabilities maturing or repricing within one year, expressed as both a total amount and as a percentage of total assets.  At December 31, 2009, the Bank's one year interest rate gap was negative, indicating that the overall level of its interest rate sensitive liabilities maturing or repricing within one year exceeded that of its interest rate sensitive assets maturing or repricing within one year.  In a rising interest
rate environment, an institution with a negative gap would generally be expected, absent the effects of other factors, to experience a greater increase in its cost of liabilities relative to its yield on assets, and thus a decline in net interest income from its existing investments and funding sources.





Based upon historical experience, if interest rates were to rise, the Bank would expect the demand for multifamily loans to decline. Decreased loan origination volume would likely negatively impact the Bank's interest income. In addition, if interest rates were to rise rapidly and result in an economic decline, the Bank would expect its
level of non-performing loans to increase. Such an increase in non-performing loans may result in an increase to the allowance for loan losses and possible increased charge-offs, which would negatively impact the Company's net income.





Further, the actual amount of time before mortgage loans and MBS are repaid can be significantly impacted by changes in mortgage redemption rates and market interest rates. Mortgage prepayment, satisfaction and refinancing rates will vary due to several factors, including the regional economy in the area where the underlying mortgages
were originated, seasonal factors, and other demographic variables. However, the most significant factors affecting prepayment, satisfaction and refinancing rates are prevailing interest rates, related mortgage refinancing opportunities and competition.  The level of mortgage and MBS prepayment, satisfaction and refinancing activity impacts the Company's earnings due to its effect on fee income earned on prepayment and refinancing activities, along with liquidity levels the Company will experience to
fund new investments or ongoing operations.





As a federally-chartered savings bank, the Bank is required to monitor changes in its NPV, which is the difference between the estimated market value of its assets and liabilities. In addition, the Bank monitors its NPV ratio, which is the NPV divided by the estimated market
value of total assets.  To monitor its overall sensitivity to changes in interest rates, the Bank simulates the effect of instantaneous changes in interest rates of up to 200 basis points on its assets and liabilities.  Interest rates do and will continue to fluctuate, and the Bank cannot predict future FOMC actions or other factors that will cause interest rates to vary.





The Company is subject to uncertain risks related to changes in laws, government regulation and monetary policy.





The Holding Company and the Bank are subject to extensive supervision, regulation and examination by the OTS, as the Bank's chartering agency, and the FDIC, as its deposit insurer. Such regulation limits the manner in which the Holding Company and Bank conduct business, undertake new investments and activities and obtain financing. This
regulation is designed primarily for the protection of the deposit insurance funds and the Bank’s depositors, and not to benefit the Bank or its creditors. The regulatory structure also provides the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to capital levels, the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes.  Failure
to comply with applicable laws and regulations could subject the Holding Company and Bank to regulatory enforcement action that could result in the assessment of significant civil money penalties against the Holding Company and Bank.  For further information regarding the laws and regulations that affect the Holding Company and the Bank, see "Item 1. Business - Regulation - Regulation of Federal Savings Associations," and "Item 1. Business - Regulation
- Regulation of Holding Company."





The fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government and its agencies could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations. The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System regulates the supply of money and credit in the United States.  Its policies determine in significant part the cost of funds
for lending and investing and the return earned on those loans and investments, both of which affect the Company's net interest margin.  Government action can





F-37


materially decrease the value of the Company's financial assets, such as debt securities, mortgages and MSR.  Governmental policies can also adversely affect borrowers, potentially increasing the risk that they may fail to repay their loans.  Changes in Federal Reserve Board or governmental policies are beyond the
Company's control and difficult to predict; consequently, the impact of these changes on the Company's activities and results of operations is difficult to predict.





Financial institution regulation has been the subject of significant legislation in recent years, and may be the subject of further significant legislation in the future, none of which is within the control of the Holding Company or the Bank. Significant new laws or changes in, or repeals of, existing laws may cause the Company's results
of operations to differ materially. Further, federal monetary policy, significantly affects credit conditions for the Company, primarily through open market operations in United States government securities, the discount rate for bank borrowings and reserve requirements for liquid assets. A material change in any of these conditions would have a material impact on the Bank, and therefore, on the Company’s results of operations.  Increased regulation and oversight will increase the Company's compliance
costs and may hinder the Company's ability to introduce new products and services.  Current and potential future increases in FDIC assessments will decrease the Company's earnings.





Competition from other financial institutions in originating loans and attracting deposits may adversely affect profitability.





The Bank operates in a highly competitive industry that could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes, and continued consolidation.





The Bank's retail banking and a significant portion of its lending business are concentrated in the NYC metropolitan area. The NYC banking environment is extremely competitive. The Bank’s competition for loans exists principally from savings banks, commercial banks, mortgage banks and insurance companies.  The Bank has
faced sustained competition for the origination of multifamily residential and commercial real estate loans. Management anticipates that the current level of competition for multifamily residential and commercial real estate loans will continue for the foreseeable future, and this competition may inhibit the Bank’s ability to maintain its current level and pricing of such loans.





Other financial institutions that participated in the TARP Capital Purchase Program and the TLGP may have a source of funding that costs less than market-rate funding available to the Company.  The Company has declined to participate in both the TARP Capital Purchase Program and the TLGP.  The Bank’s cost of borrowing
may be higher than competitors with weaker balance sheets but with TARP and TLGP funding.  The Bank’s cost of funding may make it difficult for it to complete with its government-backed competitors.





Clients could pursue alternatives to the Bank's deposits, causing the Bank to lose a historically less expensive source of funding.  The Bank gathers deposits in direct competition with commercial banks, savings banks and brokerage firms, many among the largest in the nation. In addition, it must also compete for deposit monies
against the stock markets, mutual funds, and other securities.  Over the previous decade, consolidation in the financial services industry, coupled with the emergence of Internet banking, has altered the deposit gathering landscape and may increase competitive pressures on the Bank.





The Bank may not be able to meet the cash flow requirements of its depositors and borrowers or meet its operating cash needs.





Liquidity is the ability to meet cash flow needs on a timely basis at a reasonable cost. The liquidity of the Bank is used to make loans and repay deposit liabilities as they become due or are demanded by customers. Liquidity policies and limits are established by the board of directors. The Holding Company's overall liquidity position
and the liquidity position of the Bank are regularly monitored to ensure that various alternative strategies exist to cover unanticipated events that could affect liquidity. Funding sources include deposits, repayments of loans and MBS, investment security maturities and redemptions, advances from the FHLBNY and REPOS. The Bank maintains a portfolio of securities that can be used as a secondary source of liquidity. The Bank also can borrow through the Federal Reserve Bank’s discount window. If the Bank
was unable to access any of these funding sources when needed, it might be unable to meet customers’ needs, which could adversely impact the Company's financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and level of regulatory-qualifying capital.





The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect the Company.





The Company's ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions.  The Company has exposure to many different industries and counterparties.  As a result, defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial
services institutions, or the financial services industry generally, have led to market-wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by the Company or by other institutions.  There is no assurance that any such losses would not materially and adversely affect the Company's results of operations.





F-38


Negative public opinion could damage the Company's reputation and adversely impact its business and revenues.





As a financial institution, the Bank's earnings and capital are subject to risks associated with negative public opinion.  Negative public opinion could result from the Company's actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending practices, the failure of any product or service sold by the Bank to meet customers’
expectations or applicable regulatory requirements, corporate governance and acquisitions, or from actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to those activities.  Negative public opinion can adversely affect the Company's ability to attract and/or retain clients and can expose the Company to litigation and regulatory action.  Actual or alleged conduct by one of the Company's businesses can result in negative public opinion about its other businesses.  Negative
public opinion could also affect the Company's credit ratings, which are important to its access to unsecured wholesale borrowings.  Significant changes in these ratings could change the cost and availability of these sources of funding.





The impact of recently enacted and proposed legislation and government programs to stabilize the financial markets cannot be predicted at this time.





During 2008 and 2009, there was unprecedented government intervention in response to the financial crises affecting the banking system and financial markets, including:





·
The enactment of the EESA in October 2008, which gave the Treasury the authority, among others, to purchase up to $700 billion of troubled assets from financial institutions;


·
The announcements shortly thereafter by the Treasury, the FDIC and the FRB, respectively, of (i) the Capital Purchase Program ("CPP"), a $250 billion voluntary capital purchase program under which qualifying financial institutions were given the ability to sell preferred shares to the Treasury, (ii) the TLGP, and (iii) further details of the Commercial
Paper Funding Facility ("CPFF"), which provides a broad backstop for the commercial paper market;


·
The announcement by the Treasury in February 2009 of the Capital Assistance Program ("CAP") under which qualifying financial institutions were provided access to contingent common equity provided by the U.S. government as a bridge to private capital in the future;


·
The announcement by the federal banking regulators of the Supervisory Capital Assessment Program, under which the federal banking regulators measured the amount of additional capital, if any, each of the 19 largest U.S. bank holding companies would require in order to ensure that it would comfortably exceed minimum regulatory capital requirements at December
31, 2010 (as a result of which many of the nineteen institutions underwent capital raising or restructuring transactions to improve their capital base); and


·
The March 2009 announcement by the Treasury, in conjunction with the FDIC and the FRB, of the Public-Private Investment Program ("PPIP"), which consists of two discrete components: (1) the Legacy Loan Program, which was designed to facilitate the sale of commercial and residential whole loans and “other assets” currently held by U.S. banks,
and (2) the Legacy Securities Program, which was designed to facilitate the sale of legacy residential MBS and commercial MBS initially rated AAA and currently held by Financial Institutions (as defined under the EESA).





The Company did not participate in the TLGP, CPP, CPFF or CAP, and does not expect to participate in either PPIP program.





Although it appears that there has been some stabilization of the U.S. financial markets as a result of the foregoing programs and other actions taken by the U.S. government, there can be no assurance as to the actual impact that such programs or any other governmental program will have on the financial markets and the economy in the future. The financial market
and economic conditions that existed during 2008 and 2009 had, during the year ended December 31, 2009, and to the extent that such conditions continue or worsen, will continue to have, an adverse affect on the Company's financial condition and results of operations, and could also materially and adversely affect the Company's business, access to credit or the trading price of its common stock.  In addition, the Company expects to face increased regulation and supervision of the Bank's industry as a
result of the financial crisis in the banking and financial markets, and there will be additional requirements and conditions imposed to the extent that it participates in any of the programs established or to be established by the Treasury or by the federal bank regulatory agencies. Such additional regulation and supervision may increase costs and limit the Company's ability to pursue business opportunities.





The potential adoption of significant aspects of propsed regulatory reform legislation may have a material effect on the Company's operations





F-39


On December 11, 2009, the House of Representatives passed the Reform Bill. The Reform Bill is intended to address perceived weaknesses in the U.S. financial regulatory system and prevent future economic and financial crises. The Reform Bill, among other things, creates three new governmental agencies: the Financial Services Oversight Council, the
Federal Insurance Office and the CFPA. The CFPA will have the authority to implement and enforce a variety of existing consumer protection statutes and to issue new regulations. In addition, the Reform Bill amends the HOLA to establish the Division with the OCC and to abolish the OTS and transfer its functions and personnel to the Division.  The Reform Bill preserves the federal thrift charter for thrifts, such as the Bank.  Most significantly for the Company, the Reform Bill contains provisions
which would result in thrift holding companies, such as the Holding Company, becoming bank holding companies subject to consolidated capital requirements, Bank Holding Company Act limitations and supervision by the FRB.





Similar legislation is currently under consideration by the Senate’s Banking Committee.  The Senate’s proposed legislation also contemplates elimination of the federal thrift charter with federal thrifts being regulated by a proposed new federal banking agency.  The exact requirements and timing of any final legislation
cannot be determined at this time.  If the more significant provisions of the Reform Bill or the Senate’s proposed legislation become final, the Company's operations would be significantly affected.





The FDIC’s restoration plan and the related increased assessment rate schedule may have a further material effect on the Company's results of operations.





In February 2009, the FDIC adopted a final rule which set the initial base assessment rates beginning April 1, 2009 and provided for the following adjustments to an institution's assessment rate: (1) a decrease for long-term unsecured debt, including most senior and subordinated debt; (2) an increase for secured liabilities above a threshold amount; and
(3) for non-Risk Category I institutions, an increase for brokered deposits above a threshold amount.  The Bank's deposit insurance assessments totaled $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to $899,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008.





The FDIC also adopted a final rule in May 2009 imposing a five basis point special assessment on each insured depository institution’s assets minus Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009, which was collected on September 30, 2009.  The Bank's FDIC special assessment totaled $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.





On September 29, 2009, the FDIC adopted an amendment to the restoration plan that increases the deposit insurance assessment rate uniformly across all four risk categories by three basis points (annualized) of insured deposits beginning January 1, 2011.  In addition, on November 17, 2009, the FDIC adopted a final rule that required insured depository
institutions to prepay their quarterly deposit insurance assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012 on December 30, 2009, together with their regular deposit insurance assessment for the third quarter of 2009.  The Bank's payment on December 30, 2009 totaled approximately $13.4 million.





There is no guarantee that the higher premiums, special assessment and assessment prepayment described above will be sufficient for the DIF to satisfy its funding requirements, which may result in further special assessments or increases in deposit insurance premiums.  Any such future assessments or increases could have a further
material impact on the Company's results of operations.





Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments





Not applicable.





Item 2.  Properties





The headquarters of both the Holding Company and the Bank are located at 209 Havemeyer Street, Brooklyn, New York  11211.  The headquarters building is fully owned by the Bank.  The Bank conducts its business through twenty-three full-service retail banking
offices located throughout Brooklyn, Queens, the Bronx and Nassau County, New York.





Item 3.  Legal Proceedings





In the ordinary course of business, the Company is routinely named as a defendant in or party to various pending or threatened legal actions or proceedings.  Certain of these matters may seek substantial monetary damages.  In the opinion of management, the Company is
involved in no actions or proceedings that will have a material adverse impact on its consolidated financial condition and results of operations.





Item 4.  (RESERVED)





F-40


PART II





Item 5.  Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities





The Holding Company's common stock is traded on the Nasdaq National Market and quoted under the symbol "DCOM."  Prior to June 15, 1998, the Holding Company's common stock was quoted under the symbol "DIME."







The following table indicates the high and low sales price for the Holding Company's common stock, and dividends declared, during the periods indicated.  The Holding Company's common stock began trading on June 26, 1996, the date of the initial public offering.







Twelve Months EndedDecember 31, 2009

Twelve Months EndedDecember 31, 2008Quarter Ended
DividendsDeclared
HighSalesPrice
LowSalesPrice

DividendsDeclared
HighSalesPrice
LowSalesPriceMarch 31st
$0.14
$13.60
$6.46

$0.14
$17.83
$16.46June 30th
0.14
10.90
6.98

0.14
19.31
16.18September 30th
0.14
12.94
8.54

0.14
23.55
12.00December 31st
0.14
12.40
10.25

0.14
17.69
10.75





On December 31, 2009, the final trading date in the fiscal year, the Holding Company's common stock closed at $11.73.




Management estimates that the Holding Company had approximately 5,500 shareholders of record as of March 1, 2010, including persons or entities holding stock in nominee or street name through various brokers and banks. There were  34,395,531  shares of Holding Company
common stock outstanding at December 31, 2009.





On August 21, 2001, the Holding Company paid a 50% common stock dividend to all shareholders of record as of July 31, 2001.  On April 24, 2002, the Holding Company paid a 50% common stock dividend to all shareholders of record as of April 1, 2002.  On March 16, 2004, the Holding Company
paid a 50% common stock dividend to all shareholders of record as of March 1, 2004.  Each of these dividends had the effect of a three-for-two stock split.




During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Holding Company paid cash dividends totaling $18.5 million, representing $0.56 per outstanding common share.  During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Holding Company paid cash dividends totaling $18.3 million, representing $0.56 per outstanding common share.




On January 21, 2010, the Board of Directors declared a cash dividend of $0.14 per common share to all shareholders of record as of February 2, 2009.  This dividend was paid on February 16, 2010.




The Holding Company is subject to the requirements of Delaware law, which generally limits dividends to an amount equal to the excess of net assets (i.e., the amount by which total assets exceed total liabilities) over statutory capital,
or if no such excess exists, to net profits for the current and/or immediately preceding fiscal year.




As the principal asset of the Holding Company, the Bank could be called upon to provide funds for the Holding Company's payment of dividends  (See "Item 1 – Business - Regulation – Regulation of Federal Savings Associations – Limitation on
Capital Distributions").  (See also Note 2 to the Company's Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of limitations on distributions from the Bank to the Holding Company).




In April 2000, the Holding Company issued $25.0 million in subordinated notes payable, with a stated annual coupon rate of 9.25%.  This debt obligation matures in May 2010 and the Holding Company will be required to make a final payment of principal and interest totaling $26.2 million
upon maturity.  Pursuant to the provisions of the notes, the Holding Company is required to first ensure satisfaction of this note prior to the authorization and payment of common stock cash dividends.  Management of the Holding Company does not believe that this requirement will materially affect its ability to pay dividends to its common shareholders.




In March 2004, the Holding Company issued $72.2 million in trust preferred debt, with a stated annual coupon rate of 7.0%. The Holding Company re-acquired and retired $1.5 million of this outstanding debt during 2009.  Pursuant to the provisions of the





F-41


debt, the Holding Company is required to first satisfy the interest obligation on the debt, which currently approximates $4.9 million annually, prior to the authorization and payment of common stock cash dividends.  Management of the Holding Company does not believe that this requirement will materially affect its ability to pay
dividends to its common shareholders.




The Holding Company did not purchase any shares of its common stock into treasury during the three months ended December 31, 2009.





A summary of the shares repurchased by month is as follows:





ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES





Period
Total Number
of Shares Purchased

Average
Price Paid  Per Share

Total Number of
Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly
Announced Programs (1)

Maximum Number of Shares that May Yet be Purchased Under the Programs (1)October 2009
-

-

-

1,124,549November 2009
-

-

-

1,124,549December 2009
-

-

-

1,124,549





(1) No existing repurchase programs expired during the three months ended December 31, 2009, nor did the Company terminate any repurchase programs prior to expiration during the quarter.  The 1,124,549 shares that remained eligible for repurchase at December 31, 2009 are available under the Company's twelfth stock repurchase program,
which was publicly announced in June 2007.  The twelfth stock repurchase program authorized the purchase of up to 1,787,665 shares of the Holding Company's common stock, and has no expiration.





Performance Graph





Pursuant to regulations of the SEC, the graph below compares the Company's stock performance with that of the total return for the U.S. Nasdaq Stock Market and an index of all thrift stocks as reported by SNL Securities L.C. from January 1, 2005 through December 31, 2009.  The graph assumes the reinvestment of dividends in additional
shares of the same class of equity securities as those listed below.










F-42


Period Ending December 31,Index
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009Dime Community Bancshares, Inc.
100.00
84.58
84.32
80.23
86.49
80.53NASDAQ Composite
100.00
101.37
111.03
121.92
72.49
104.31SNL Thrift Index
100.00
103.53
120.68
72.40
46.07
42.97








Item 6.  Selected Financial Data





Financial Highlights


(Dollars in Thousands, except per share data)


The consolidated financial and other data of the Company as of and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005 set forth below is derived in part from, and should be read in conjunction with, the Company's audited Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto.  Amounts
as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005 have been reclassified to conform to the December 31, 2009 presentation.





At or for the Year Ended December 31,2009
2008
2007
2006
2005Selected Financial Condition Data:Total assets
$3,952,274
$4,055,598
$3,501,175
$3,173,377
$3,126,226Loans and loans held for sale (net of deferred costs or feesand the allowance for loan losses)
3,374,170
3,274,051
2,861,638
2,688,159
2,596,310MBS
224,773
301,351
162,764
154,437
193,453Investment securities (including FHLBNY capital stock)
104,485
80,898
73,204
61,078
74,750Federal funds sold and other short-term investments
3,785
-
128,014
78,752
60,014Goodwill
55,638
55,638
55,638
55,638
55,638Deposits
2,216,836
2,260,051
2,179,998
2,008,532
1,914,772Borrowings
1,335,355
1,346,840
958,745
788,900
834,120Stockholders' equity
294,773
276,964
268,852
290,631
291,713Tangible Stockholders' equity
243,938
232,156
217,238
241,829
239,169Selected Operating Data:Interest income
$209,168
$202,654
$182,160
$170,810
$169,712Interest expense
97,685
111,302
111,147
93,340
77,341Net interest income
111,483
91,352
71,013
77,470
92,371Provision for loan losses
13,152
2,006
240
240
340Net interest income after provision for loan losses
98,331
89,346
70,773
77,230
92,031Non-interest (loss) income
(745)
2,814
10,420
12,390
5,151Non-interest expense
57,310
49,973
45,502
41,976
40,742Income before income tax
40,276
42,187
35,691
47,644
56,440Income tax expense
14,087
14,159
13,248
17,052
20,230Net income
$26,189
$28,028
$22,443
$30,592
$36,210








F-43


At or for the Year Ended December 31,2009
2008
2007
2006
2005SELECTED FINANCIAL RATIOS AND OTHER DATA (1):Return on average assets
0.66%
0.76%
0.69%
0.98%
1.11%Return on average stockholders' equity
9.20
10.29
8.11
10.43
12.65Stockholders' equity to total assets at end of period
7.46
6.83
7.68
9.16
9.33Tangible equity to tangible assets at end of period
6.26
5.79
6.29
7.74
7.78Loans to deposits at end of period
153.18
145.64
131.97
134.61
136.42Loans to interest-earning assets at end of period
91.07
89.60
88.77
90.18
88.82Net interest spread (2)
2.73
2.34
1.88
2.19
2.66Net interest margin (3)
2.96
2.60
2.29
2.60
2.96Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities
108.99
108.35
111.48
113.07
111.88Non-interest expense to average assets
1.44
1.35
1.39
1.34
1.24Efficiency ratio (4)
48.65
51.25
55.88
48.36
40.03Effective tax rate
34.98
33.56
37.12
35.79
35.84Dividend payout ratio
70.89
65.88
83.58
64.37
54.90Per Share Data:Diluted earnings per share
$0.79
$0.85
$0.67
$0.87
$1.02Cash dividends paid per share
0.56
0.56
0.56
0.56
0.56Book value per share
8.57
8.10
7.93
7.97
7.89Tangible book value per share
7.09
6.79
6.41
6.63
6.47Asset Quality Ratios and Other Data(1):Net charge-offs
$8,993
$584
$9
$27
$45Total non-performing loans
11,294
7,402
2,856
3,606
958OREO
755
300
-
-
-Non-performing pooled trust preferred securities
688
-
-
-
-Total non-performing assets
12,737
7,702
2,856
3,606
958Non-performing loans to total loans
0.33%
0.22%
0.10%
0.13%
0.04%Non-performing assets to total assets
0.32
0.19
0.08
0.11
0.03Non-performing assets as a percentage of the combined balance ofthe Bank's tangible capital and
allowance for loan losses
4.0
2.4
1.0
1.2
0.3Allowance for Loan Losses to:Non-performing loans
190.41%
235.80%
538.76%
430.23%
1,647.70%Total loans (5)
0.63
0.53
0.53
0.57
0.60Regulatory Capital Ratios: (Bank only) (1)Tangible capital
7.59%
7.63%
7.88%
9.05%
9.84%Leverage capital
7.59
7.63
7.88
9.05
9.84Total risk-based capital
11.22
11.43
11.92
12.61
14.30Earnings to Fixed Charges Ratios (6) (7):Including interest on deposits
1.41x
1.38x
1.32x
1.51x
1.73xExcluding interest on deposits
1.72
1.80
1.98
2.28
2.54Full Service Branches
23
23
21
21
20





(1)   With the exception of end of period ratios, all ratios are based on average daily balances during the indicated periods. Asset Quality Ratios and Regulatory Capital Ratios are end of period ratios.




(2)   The net interest spread represents the difference between the weighted-average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted-average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.




(3)   The net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.




(4)   The efficiency ratio represents non-interest expense as a percentage of the sum of net interest income and non-interest income, excluding any gains or losses on sales of assets.




(5)   Total loans represent loans and loans held for sale, net of deferred fees and costs, and excluding (thus not reducing the aggregate balance for) the allowance for loan losses.




(6)   For purposes of computing the ratios of earnings to fixed charges, earnings represent income before taxes, extraordinary items and the cumulative effect of accounting changes plus fixed charges.  Fixed charges represent total interest expense, including and excluding interest on deposits.




(7)Interest on unrecognized tax benefits totaling $555,000, $480,000 and $509,000 is included in the calculation of fixed charges for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.








Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations





Executive Summary





The Holding Company’s primary business is the operation of the Bank.  The Company’s consolidated results of operations are dependent primarily on net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income earned on interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities, and the interest expense paid on
interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and





F-44
 borrowings.  The Bank additionally generates non-interest income such as service charges and other fees, as well as income associated with Bank Owned Life Insurance ("BOLI").  Non-interest expense primarily consists of employee compensation and benefits, federal deposit insurance premiums, data processing costs, and occupancy and equipment, marketing and other operating expenses.  The Company’s
consolidated results of operations are also significantly affected by general economic and competitive conditions (particularly fluctuations in market interest rates), government policies, changes in accounting standards and actions of regulatory agencies.





The Bank's primary strategy is to generally seek to increase its product and service utilization for each individual depositor, and to increase its household and deposit market shares in the communities that it serves.  In addition, the Bank’s primary strategy includes the origination of, and investment in, mortgage loans,
with an emphasis on multifamily residential and mixed-use real estate loans.  During much of 2006 and 2007, growth was restrained due to the interest rate environment, which management deemed unfavorable for significant balance sheet growth.  During 2008, the Company grew assets due to continued loan demand and favorable marketplace conditions surrounding the origination of multifamily residential real estate loans.  By the end of 2008, the Company had begun restricting its plans
for future growth based upon the desire to retain sufficient capital levels to accommodate potential credit quality problems resulting from the downturn in the economy and the local real estate market.





The Company believes that multifamily residential and mixed-use loans in and around New York City provide advantages as investment assets.  Initially, they offer a higher yield than investment securities of comparable maturities or terms to repricing.  In addition, origination and processing costs for the Bank’s
multifamily residential and mixed loans are lower per thousand dollars of originations than comparable one-to four-family loan costs.  Further, the Bank’s market area has generally provided a stable flow of new and refinanced multifamily residential and mixed-use loan originations.  In order to address the credit risk associated with multifamily residential and mixed use lending, the Bank has developed underwriting standards that it believes are reliable in order to maintain consistent
credit quality for its loans.





The Bank also strives to provide a stable source of liquidity and earnings through the purchase of investment grade securities; seeks to maintain the asset quality of its loans and other investments; and uses appropriate portfolio and asset/liability management techniques in an effort to manage the effects of interest rate volatility on
its profitability and capital.





The year ended December 31, 2009 was dominated by a global real estate and economic recession fueled by significant weakness and/or failure in many of the world's largest financial institutions.  These events led to historically high dislocations in credit markets, causing origination spreads from the benchmark origination interest
rate to increase significantly during the year ended December 31, 2009.  This increase, coupled with the continuation of historically low benchmark short-term interest rates by the FOMC (which greatly impact the pricing of the Bank's retail deposits), resulted in significant increases in both net interest spread and net interest margin during the year ended December 31, 2009, thus favorably impacting the Company's consolidated earnings during the period.  Partially offsetting this benefit
were credit costs recognized on loans owned by the Bank, loans sold to FNMA with recourse, and pooled trust preferred security investments.





Critical Accounting Policies





Various elements of the Company’s accounting policies are inherently subject to estimation techniques, valuation assumptions and other subjective assessments. The Company’s policies with respect to the methodologies it uses to determine the allowance for loan losses, reserves for loan commitments, the liability for the First
Loss Position, the valuation of MSR, asset impairments (including the valuation of goodwill and other than temporary declines in the valuation of securities), the recognition of deferred tax assets and unrecognized tax positions, the recognition of loan income, the valuation of financial instruments and accounting for defined benefit plans are its most critical accounting policies because they are important to the presentation of the Company’s consolidated financial condition and results of operations,
involve a significant degree of complexity and require management to make difficult and subjective judgments which often necessitate assumptions or estimates about highly uncertain matters. The use of different judgments, assumptions and estimates could result in material variations in the Company's consolidated results of operations or financial condition.





The following are descriptions of the Company's critical accounting policies and explanations of the methods and assumptions underlying their application.





Allowance for Loan Losses.GAAP requires the Bank to maintain an appropriate allowance for loan losses.  Management uses available information to estimate losses on loans and believes that the Bank maintains its allowance for loan losses at appropriate levels.  Adjustments
may be necessary, however, if future economic, market or other conditions differ from the current operating environment.





F-45


Although the Bank believes it utilizes the most reliable information available, the level of the allowance for loan losses remains an estimate subject to significant judgment.  These evaluations are inherently subjective because, although based upon objective data, it is management's interpretation of the data that determines
the amount of the appropriate allowance.  The Company, therefore, periodically reviews the actual performance and charge-offs of its portfolio and compares them to the previously determined allowance coverage percentages.  In doing so, the Company evaluates the impact that the variables discussed below may have on the portfolio to determine whether or not changes should be made to the assumptions and analyses.





The Bank's loan loss reserve methodology consists of several components, including a review of the two elements of its loan portfolio: problem loans (i.e., classified loans and impaired loans), and performing loans.  The Bank applied the process of determining the allowance
for loan losses consistently throughout the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.





Performing Loans





At December 31, 2009, the majority of the allowance for loan losses was allocated to performing loans, which represented the overwhelming majority of the Bank's loan portfolio.  Performing loans are reviewed at least quarterly based upon the premise that there are losses inherent within the loan portfolio that have not been identified
as of the review date.  The Bank thus calculates an allowance for loan losses related to its performing loans by deriving an expected loan loss percentage and applying it to its performing loans.  In deriving the expected loan loss percentage, the Bank generally considers, among others, the following criteria: the Bank's historical loss experience; the age and payment history of the loans (commonly referred to as their "seasoned quality"); the type of loan (i.e.,
one- to four-family, multifamily residential, commercial real estate, cooperative apartment, construction and land acquisition or consumer); both the current condition and recent history of the overall local real estate market (in order to determine the accuracy of utilizing recent historical charge-off data to derive the expected loan loss percentages); the level of, and trend in, non-performing loans; the level and composition of new loan activity; and the existence of geographic loan concentrations (as the
overwhelming majority of the Bank's loans are secured by real estate located in the NYC metropolitan area), or specific industry conditions within the portfolio segments.  Since these criteria affect the expected loan loss percentages that are applied to performing loans, changes in any of them may affect the amounts of the allowance and the provision for loan losses.  During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Bank increased the impact of the current condition of the overall local real
estate marketplace and reduced the impact of the level and composition of new loan activity (the competitive lending landscape) in deriving the expected loss percentages applied to performing loans.  Otherwise, the remaining factors utilized in deriving the expected loss percentages applied to performing loans remained unchanged from December 31, 2008.





Problem Loans





(i) Classified Loans.  OTS regulations and Bank policy require that loans possessing certain weaknesses be classified as Substandard, Doubtful or Loss assets.  Assets that do not expose the Bank to risk sufficient to justify classification in one of these categories,
however, which possess potential weaknesses that deserve management's attention, are designated Special Mention.  Loans classified as Special Mention, Substandard or Doubtful are reviewed individually on a quarterly basis by the Bank's Loan Loss Reserve Committee to determine the level of possible loss, if any, that should be provided for within the Bank's allowance for loan losses.





The Bank's policy is to charge-off immediately all balances classified as Loss and record a reduction of the allowance for loan losses for the full amount of the loss.  The Bank applied this process consistently throughout the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.





(ii) Impaired Loans.  Loans determined to be impaired (i.e., loans where it is probable that all contractual amounts due will not be collected in accordance with the terms of the loan; generally, non-accrual one-
to four-family loans in excess of $730,000 and non-accrual and TDR multifamily residential and commercial real estate loans) are evaluated at least quarterly in order to establish impairment.  For each loan that the Bank determines to be impaired, impairment is measured by the amount that the carrying balance of the loan, including all accrued interest, exceeds the estimated fair value of the collateral.  A specific reserve is established on all impaired loans to the extent of impairment and
comprises a portion of the allowance for loan losses.   (See "Part I - Item 1. – Business - Asset Quality" for a discussion of impaired loans).





Non-accrual one- to four-family loans of $730,000 or less are not required to be evaluated individually for impairment, and are classified as Substandard, Doubtful or Loss, and reviewed and reserved for or recorded in the manner discussed above for loans of such classification.





F-46


Reserve for Loan Commitments.  The Bank maintains a separate reserve within other liabilities associated with commitments to fund future loans that have been accepted by the borrower.  This reserve is determined based upon the historical loss experience of similar
loans owned by the Bank at each quarterly period end.  Any increases in this reserve amount are obtained via a transfer of reserves from the Bank's allowance for loan losses, with any resulting shortfall in the Bank's allowance for loan losses being satisfied through the quarterly provision for loan losses.  Any decreases in this reserve amount are recognized as a transfer of reserve balances back to the allowance for loans losses at each period end.





Liability for the First Loss Position on Multifamily Loans Sold to FNMA.  A liability is also recorded related to the First Loss Position on multifamily residential real estate loans sold with recourse under an agreement with FNMA.  This liability reserve, which
is included in other liabilities in the Company's consolidated statements of financial condition, is determined in a manner similar to the Company's allowance for loan losses related to loans held in portfolio.





Valuation of MSR.The cost of mortgage loans sold with servicing rights retained by the Bank is allocated between the loans and the servicing rights based on their estimated fair values at the time of the loan sale. In accordance with GAAP, MSR are carried at the lower of cost or
fair value and are amortized in proportion to, and over the period of, anticipated net servicing income.   In accordance with ASC 860-50-35, all separately recognized MSR are required to be initially measured at fair value, if practicable.  The estimated fair value of MSR is determined by calculating the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, using estimated prepayment, default, servicing cost and discount rate assumptions.  Third party valuations of the
MSR are performed on a quarterly basis.  All estimates and assumptions utilized in the valuation of MSR are derived based upon actual historical results for the Bank, or, in the absence of such data, from historical results for the Bank's peers.





The fair value of MSR is sensitive to changes in assumptions.  Fluctuations in prepayment speed assumptions have the most significant impact on the estimated fair value of MSR.  In the event that actual loan prepayments exceed the assumed amount (generally due to increased loan refinancing), the fair value of MSR would
likely decline.  In the event that actual loan prepayments fall below the assumed amount (generally due to a decline in loan refinancing), the fair value of MSR would likely increase.  Any measurement of the value of MSR is limited by the existing conditions and assumptions utilized at a particular point in time, and would not necessarily be appropriate if applied at a different point in time.





Assumptions utilized in measuring the fair value of MSR for the purpose of evaluating impairment additionally include the stratification based on predominant risk characteristics of the underlying loans. Increases in the risk characteristics of the underlying loans from the assumptions would result in a decline in the fair value of the
MSR.  A valuation allowance is established in the event the recorded value of an individual stratum exceeds its fair value for the full amount of the difference.





Asset Impairment Adjustments.Certain assets are carried in the Company's consolidated statements of financial condition at fair value or at the lower of cost or fair value.





(i)  Goodwill Impairment Analysis.  As of December 31, 2009, the Company had goodwill totaling $55.6 million, for which it performs, at least annually, analyses to test for impairment at the reporting unit level.  In the event that an impairment of goodwill
is determined to exist, it is recognized as a charge to earnings.





The Company identified a single reporting unit for purposes of its goodwill impairment testing, and thus performs its impairment test on a consolidated basis.  The impairment test has two potential stages.  In the initial stage, the Holding Company's market capitalization (reporting unit fair value) is compared to its
outstanding equity (reporting unit carrying value).  The Company utilizes closing price data for the Holding Company's common stock as reported on the Nasdaq National Market in order to compute market capitalization. The Company has designated the last day of its fiscal year as the annual date for impairment testing. The Company performed its annual impairment test as of December 31, 2008 and concluded that no potential impairment of goodwill existed since the fair value of the Company's reporting unit
exceeded its carrying value.  However, subsequent to December 31, 2008, the price of the Holding Company's common stock, on occasion, declined to such a level that its total market capitalization fell below its consolidated stockholders' equity.  As a result, the Company performed goodwill impairment tests periodically during the year ended December 31, 2009 and concluded, in each instance, that no impairment of goodwill existed.  The most recent of these tests was performed as of
December 31, 2009.  No events or circumstances have changed subsequent to December 31, 2009 that would reduce the fair value of the Company's reporting unit below its carrying value.  Such events or changes in circumstances would require the immediate performance of an impairment test.





(ii)  Valuation of Financial Instruments and Analysis of OTTI Related to Investment Securities and MBS.  Debt securities are classified as held-to-maturity, and carried at amortized cost, only if the Company
has a positive intent and ability to hold them to maturity.





F-47


At December 31, 2009, the Company owned eight pooled trust preferred securities classified as held-to-maturity.  Late in 2008, the market for these securities was deemed to be highly illiquid, and continued to be deemed as such as of December 31, 2009.  As a result, at December 31, 2009, their estimated fair value
was obtained primarily using a cash flow valuation approach (Level 3 pricing as defined by ASC 820-10).  In addition, broker quotations, which were deemed to meet the criteria of "distressed sale" pricing under the guidance of ASC 820-10-65-4, were given a minor 10% weighting in the valuation of the securities at December 31, 2009.  A cash flow valuation utilizing default, cash flow and discount rate assumptions determined by the Company's management (the "Internal Cash Flow Valuation") was
given a 45% weighting.  In addition, for five of the eight securities, three independent cash flow model valuations were averaged and given a 45% weighting.  For the remaining three securities, two independent cash flow valuations were available and were similarly given a 45% weighting.  The 10% weighting of broker quotes represented a change from the methodology applied at December 31, 2008 (at which time these quotes were given no weighting) and reflected the continued emphasis
upon considering broker quotes set forth in ASC 820-10-65-4.  See Note 17to the consolidated financial statements for a detailed discussion of the Internal Cash Flow Valuation and the independent cash flow model valuations.





Debt securities that are not classified as held-to-maturity, along with all equity securities, are classified as available-for-sale.  Available-for-sale debt and equity securities that have readily determinable fair values are carried at fair value.  All of the Company's available-for-sale securities at December 31,
2009 had readily determinable fair values, which were based on published or securities dealers' market values.





The Company owned no securities classified as trading securities during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.





The Company conducts a periodic review and evaluation of its securities portfolio, taking into account the severity and duration of each unrealized loss, as well as management's intent and ability to hold the security until the unrealized loss is substantially eliminated, in order to determine if a decline in market value of any security
below its carrying value is either temporary or other than temporary.  Unrealized losses on held-to-maturity securities that are deemed temporary are disclosed but not recognized.  Unrealized losses on debt or equity securities available-for-sale that are deemed temporary are excluded from net income and reported net of deferred taxes as other comprehensive income or loss.  All unrealized losses that are deemed other than temporary on either available-for-sale or held-to-maturity
securities are recognized immediately as a reduction of the carrying amount of the security, with a corresponding decline in either net income or accumulated other comprehensive income or loss in accordance with ASC 320-10-65.





Recognition of Deferred Tax Assets.Management reviews all deferred tax assets periodically.  Upon such review, in the event that there is a greater than 50% likelihood that the deferred tax asset will not be fully realized, a valuation allowance is recognized
against the deferred tax asset in the amount for which realization is determined to be more unlikely than likely to occur.





Unrecognized Tax Positions.The Company performs two levels of evaluation for all uncertain tax positions. Initially, a determination is made as to whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals
or litigation, based on the technical merits of the position. In conducting this evaluation, management is required to presume that the position will be examined by the appropriate taxing authority possessing full knowledge of all relevant information. The second level of evaluation is the measurement of a tax position that satisfies the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold.  This measurement is performed in order to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. The
tax position is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement.  In making its evaluation, management reviews applicable tax rulings and other advice provided by reputable tax professionals.





Loan Income Recognition.  Interest income on loans is recorded using the level yield method.  Loan origination fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred and amortized as yield adjustments over the contractual loan terms.





Accrual of interest is generally discontinued on loans that have missed three consecutive monthly payments, at which time the Bank generally does not recognize the interest from the third month and evaluates whether the accrual of interest associated with the first two missed payments should be reversed.  Payments on nonaccrual
loans are generally applied initially to principal.  Management may elect to continue the accrual of interest when a loan is in the process of collection and the estimated fair value of the collateral is sufficient to satisfy the outstanding principal balance (including any outstanding advances related to the loan) and accrued interest. Loans are returned to accrual status once the doubt concerning collectibility has been removed and the borrower has demonstrated performance in accordance with the loan
terms and conditions for a period of at least six months.





Accounting for Defined Benefit Plans.  Current accounting rules governing defined benefit plans require an employer sponsoring a single employer defined benefit plan to recognize the funded status of a benefit plan in its statements of financial





F-48


condition, measured as the difference between plan assets at fair value (with limited exceptions) and the benefit obligation.  The Company utilizes the services of trained actuaries employed at an independent benefits plan administration entity in order to assist in measuring the funded status of its defined benefit plans.





Liquidity and Capital Resources





The Board of Directors of the Bank has approved a liquidity policy that it reviews and updates at least annually. Senior management is responsible for implementing the policy.  The Bank's ALCO is responsible for general oversight and strategic implementation of the policy, and management of the appropriate departments are designated
responsibility for implementing any strategies established by ALCO.  On a daily basis, senior management receives a current cash position report and one-week forecast to ensure that all short-term obligations are timely satisfied and that adequate liquidity exists to fund future activities.  On a monthly basis, reports detailing the Bank's liquidity reserves and forecasted cash flows are presented to both senior management and the Board of Directors.  In addition on a monthly basis,
a twelve-month liquidity forecast is presented to ALCO in order to assess potential future liquidity concerns.  A forecast of cash flow data for the upcoming 12 months is presented to the Board of Directors on an annual basis.





The Bank’s primary sources of funds are deposits; loan amortization, prepayments and maturities; MBS amortization, prepayments and maturities; investment securities maturities and sales; advances from the FHLBNY; and REPOS.  The Bank also sells selected multifamily residential, mixed use and one- to four-family residential
real estate loans to private sector secondary market purchasers and has in the past sold such loans to FNMA .  The Company may additionally issue debt under appropriate circumstances.  Although maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and investments are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and prepayments on mortgage loans and MBS are influenced by interest rates, economic conditions and competition.





The Bank gathers deposits in direct competition with commercial banks, savings banks and brokerage firms, many among the largest in the nation.  It must additionally compete for deposit monies against the stock and bond markets, especially during periods of strong performance in those arenas.  The Bank's deposit flows
are affected primarily by the pricing and marketing of its deposit products compared to its competitors, as well as the market performance of depositor investment alternatives such as the U.S. bond or equity markets.  To the extent that the Bank is responsive to general market increases or declines in interest rates, its deposit flows should not be materially impacted.   However, favorable performance of the equity or bond markets could adversely impact the Bank’s deposit flows.





Retail branch and Internet banking deposits decreased $43.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to an increase of $80.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2008. During the year ended December 31, 2009, CDs declined $168.1 million and were partially offset by an increase of $124.9 million in core deposits (i.e., non-CDs).  During
this period, the Bank did not replace maturing promotional CDs gathered in late 2008 in an effort to both improve its overall funding costs and limit undesired balance sheet growth.  The aforementioned increase in core deposits during the year ended December 31, 2009 occurred as deposit pricing pressure diminished in the Bank's marketplace and the Bank experienced an unusually large inflow of money market and checking deposits from commercial customers during the period.   During
the year ended December 31, 2008, CDs increased $76.1 million and interest bearing checking accounts increased $51.0 million.  In September 2008, the Bank commenced a deposit gathering campaign offering a highly competitive short-term CD coupled with the requirement that the customer establish and retain an active, minimum balance "Prime Dime" checking account.  While initially resulting in higher deposit costs during the campaign period, the Bank’s long-term goal is to establish a more
cost effective and stable component of deposit funding and build core retail customer relationships. The success of this campaign resulted in the increases in CDs and interest bearing checking accounts during the year ended December 31, 2008.  Partially offsetting these increases was a decline of $45.6 million in money market deposits, as the Bank did not aggressively price these deposits for the great majority of 2008.





During the year ended December 31, 2009, principal repayments totaled $328.1 million on real estate loans and $82.1 million on MBS.  During the year ended December 31, 2008, principal repayments totaled $522.4 million on real estate loans and $48.2 million on MBS.  The decline in principal repayments on loans related
to decreased borrower refinance activities, reflecting declining local real estate prices and more difficult refinancing conditions.  The increase in principal paydowns on MBS resulted from lower marketplace interest rates during 2009 that helped stimulate additional payment activity on the real estate loans underlying these securities (one- to four-family residential real estate loans located throughout America).  The Company does not presently believe that its future levels of principal
repayments will be materially impacted by problems currently experienced in the residential mortgage market. See "Part I – Item 1 - Business - Asset Quality" for a further discussion of the Bank's asset quality.





F-49


From December 2002 through February 2009, the Bank originated and sold multifamily residential and mixed-use mortgage loans in the secondary market to FNMA while retaining servicing and generating fee income while it services the loans. The Bank underwrote these loans using its customary underwriting standards, funded the loans, and sold
them to FNMA at agreed upon pricing.  Typically, the Bank sought to sell loans with terms to maturity or repricing in excess of seven years from the origination date since it did not desire to retain such loans in portfolio as a result of their heightened interest rate risk.  Under the terms of the sales program, the Bank retains the First Loss Position on these sold loans. Once established, such amount continued to increase as long as the Bank sold loans to FNMA under the program.  The
Bank retains this exposure until the portfolio of loans sold to FNMA is satisfied in its entirety or the Bank funds claims by FNMA for the maximum First Loss Position.  During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Bank sold loans totaling $3.2 million and $27.5 million, respectively, to FNMA pursuant to this program.





In addition, the Bank sold 80% participations in portfolio multifamily loans totaling $100.0 million and $114.6 million to a third-party financial institution during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  All of these loans remain fully serviced by the Bank, and were sold at par and without recourse, with
a gain recognized for the value of the net servicing rights associated with the loans.  Loan sales to third-party financial institutions may be utilized in the future by the Bank.





During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company reduced its FHLBNY advances by $10.0 million, as it elected to utilize liquidity from deposit inflows to reduce its overall borrowing level during the period.   During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company increased its REPO borrowings by $74.9 million and FHLBNY
advances by $313.2 million, respectively.  These borrowings were added in order to fund purchases of investment securities and MBS during the period.  Contained within the added REPO borrowings and FHLBNY advances were interest rate caps that provide a significant benefit to their average cost in the event of an increase in short-term interest rates.





In the event that the Bank should require funds beyond its ability to generate them internally, an additional source of funds is available through use of its borrowing line at the FHLBNY.  At December 31, 2009, the Bank had an additional potential borrowing capacity of $357.0 million available provided it owned the minimum required
level of FHLBNY common stock (i.e., 4.5% of its outstanding FHLBNY borrowings).





The Bank is subject to minimum regulatory capital requirements imposed by its primary regulator, the OTS, which, as a general matter, are based on the amount and composition of an institution's assets. At December 31, 2009, the Bank was in compliance with all applicable regulatory capital requirements and was considered "well-capitalized"
for all regulatory purposes.





The Company generally utilizes its liquidity and capital resources primarily to fund the origination of real estate loans, the purchase of mortgage-backed and other securities, the repurchase of Holding Company common stock into treasury and the payment of quarterly cash dividends to shareholders of the Holding Company's common stock.  During
the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, real estate loan originations totaled $464.4 million and $1.09 billion, respectively.  Purchases of investment securities (excluding short-term investments and federal funds sold) were $46.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2009, while there were no purchases of MBS during 2009.  During the year ended December 31, 2008, purchases of MBS totaled $183.9 million, while purchases of investment securities were $5.4 million.  The decrease
in real estate loan originations and the aggregate level of investment security and MBS purchases resulted from management's election to curb asset growth during the year ended December 31, 2009, and thus: (i) focus lending activities primarily upon retaining existing loans that were nearing contractual repricing; and (ii) retain an unusually high level of liquidity in order to maintain balance sheet flexibility during the remainder of 2009, especially in the event deposit balances declined as a result of their
historically low offering rates.





The Holding Company did not repurchase any shares of its common stock during the year ended December 31, 2009.  As of December 31, 2009, up to 1,124,549 shares remained available for purchase under authorized share purchase programs.  Based upon the $11.73 per share closing price of its common stock as of December 31,
2009, the Holding Company would utilize $13.2 million in order to purchase all of the remaining authorized shares.  For the Holding Company to complete these share purchases, it would likely require dividend distributions from the Bank.





During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company paid $18.5 million in cash dividends on its common stock, up from $18.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2008, reflecting an increase of 215,631 in issued and outstanding shares from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2009.





Contractual Obligations





The Bank has outstanding at any time, a significant number of borrowings in the form of FHLBNY advances or REPOS, as well as fixed interest obligations on CDs.  The Holding Company also has an outstanding $25.0 million non-callable subordinated





F-50


note payable due to mature in May 2010, and $70.7 million of trust preferred borrowings due to mature in April 2034, which are callable at any time after April 2009.  The Holding Company currently does not intend to call this debt.





The Bank is obligated under leases for certain rental payments due on its branches and equipment.  A summary of CDs, borrowings and lease obligations at December 31, 2009 is as follows:





Payments Due By PeriodContractual Obligations
Less than One Year
One Year to
Three Years
Over Three Years
to Five Years
Over Five Years

Total(Dollars in thousands)CDs
$628,780
$222,916
$133,357
$-

$985,053Weighted average interest rate of CDs (1)
1.80%
2.53%
3.65%
-

2.21%Borrowings
$209,150
$475,525
$245,000
$405,680

$1,335,355Weighted average interest rate of borrowings
4.19%
3.71%
2.86%
4.69%

3.93%Operating lease obligations
$2,093
$3,811
$3,530
$15,600

$25,034Minimum data processing system obligation
$752
$252
-
­-

$1,004


(1) The weighted average cost of CDs, inclusive of their contractual compounding of interest, was 2.25% at December 31, 2009.





The Company had a reserve recorded related to unrecognized income tax benefits totaling $1.3 million at December 31, 2009.   Due to the uncertainty of the amounts to be ultimately paid as well as the timing of such payments, all liabilities related to unrecognized income tax benefits that were not paid by December
31, 2009 have been excluded from the tabular disclosure of contractual obligations.





Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements





From December 2002 through February 2009, the Bank originated and sold multifamily residential mortgage loans in the secondary market to FNMA while retaining servicing.  The Bank is required to retain the First Loss Position related to all loans sold under this program, which will remain in effect until either the entire portfolio
of loans sold to FNMA is satisfied or the Bank indemnifies FNMA for losses (as defined in the agreement) in the aggregate amount of the First Loss Position.





In addition, as part of its loan origination business, the Bank generally has outstanding commitments to extend credit to third parties, which are granted pursuant to its regular underwriting standards.  Since many of these loan commitments expire prior to funding, in whole or in part, the contract amounts are not estimates of
future cash flows.  The following table presents off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2009:





Less than One Year
One Year to
Three Years
Over Three Years
to Five Years
Over Five Years

Total(Dollars in thousands)Credit Commitments:Available lines of credit
$41,840
$-
$-
$-

$41,840Other loan commitments
87,138
-
-
-

87,138First Loss Position on loans sold to FNMA
20,246
-
-
-

20,246Total Credit Commitments
$149,224
$-
$-
$-

$149,224





Analysis of Net Interest Income





The Company's profitability, like that of most banking institutions, is dependent primarily upon net interest income, which is the difference between interest income on interest-earnings assets, such as loans and securities, and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits or borrowings.  Net interest income
depends on the relative amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and the interest rate earned or paid on them.  The following tables set forth certain information relating to the Company's consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, and reflect the average yield on interest-earning assets and average cost of interest-bearing liabilities for the periods indicated. Such yields and costs are derived by dividing interest income
or expense by the average balance of interest-earning assets or interest-bearing liabilities, respectively, for the periods indicated. Average balances are derived from daily balances. The yields and costs include fees that are considered adjustments to yields.  All material changes in average balances and interest income or expense are discussed in the sections entitled "Interest Income" and "Interest Expense" in the comparison
of operating results commencing on page F-54.





F-51








For the Year Ended December 31,2009



2008



2007(Dollars in Thousands)Average



Average



AverageAverage

Yield/

Average

Yield/

Average

Yield/Balance
Interest
Cost

Balance
Interest
Cost

Balance
Interest
CostAssets:Interest-earning assets:Real estate loans  (1)
$3,285,841
$193,689
5.89%

$3,088,242
$182,934
5.92%

$2,775,397
$165,221
5.95%Other loans
1,604
143
8.91

1,790
166
9.27

1,823
178
9.77Investment securities
27,723
874
3.15

32,230
1,950
6.05

26,683
2,011
7.54MBS
258,989
11,548
4.46

280,307
12,685
4.53

155,462
6,344
4.08Federal funds sold and other short-term investments
187,707
2,914
1.55

110,202
4,919
4.46

146,094
8,406
5.75Total interest-earning assets
3,761,864
$209,168
5.56

3,512,771
$202,654
5.77

3,105,459
$182,160
5.87Non-interest earning assets
204,577



197,153



157,559Total assets
$3,966,441



$3,709,924



$3,263,018Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity:Interest-bearing liabilities:Interest bearing checking accounts
$108,716
$1,080
0.99

$91,988
$2,200
2.39%

$44,406
$833
1.88%Money Market accounts
719,818
9,536
1.32

655,853
18,551
2.83

630,375
24,238
3.85Savings accounts
289,473
1,060
0.37

273,720
1,535
0.56

287,420
1,631
0.57CDs
1,048,016
31,116
2.97

1,017,951
37,692
3.70

1,072,678
49,059
4.57Borrowed Funds
1,285,598
54,893
4.27

1,202,581
51,324
4.27

750,822
35,386
4.71Total interest-bearing liabilities
3,451,621
$97,685
2.83

3,242,093
$111,302
3.43

2,785,701
$111,147
3.99Non-interest bearing checking accounts
102,419



91,699



93,470Other non-interest-bearing liabilities
127,791



103,833



107,260Total liabilities
3,681,831



3,437,625



2,986,431Stockholders' equity
284,610



272,299



276,587Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
$3,966,441



$3,709,924



$3,263,018Net interest spread (2)


2.73%



2.34%



1.88%Net interest income/ interest margin (3)

$111,483
2.96%


$91,352
2.60%


$71,013
2.29%Net interest-earning assets
$310,244



$270,678



$319,758Ratio of interest-earning assetsto interest-bearing liabilities


108.99%



108.35%



111.48%




(1)   In computing the average balance of real estate loans, non-performing loans have been included.  Interest income on real estate loans includes loan fees.  Interest income on real estate loans also includes applicable prepayment fees and late charges.




(2)   Net interest spread represents the difference between the average yield on interest-earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.




(3)   The interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.





F-52








Rate/Volume Analysis.  The following table represents the extent to which variations in interest rates and the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities have affected interest income and interest expense during the periods indicated. Information
is provided in each category with respect to: (i) variances attributable to fluctuations in volume (change in volume multiplied by prior rate), (ii) variances attributable to rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume), and (iii) the net change. Variances attributable to the combined impact of volume and rate have been allocated proportionately to the changes due to volume and the changes due to rate.





Year Ended December 31, 2009
Compared toYear Ended December 31, 2008
Increase/ (Decrease) Due to

Year Ended December 31, 2008
Compared toYear Ended December 31, 2007
Increase/ (Decrease) Due to

Year Ended December 31, 2007
Compared toYear Ended December 31, 2006
Increase/ (Decrease) Due toVolume
Rate
Total

Volume
Rate
Total

Volume
Rate
TotalInterest-earning assets:
(Dollars in Thousands)Real Estate Loans
$10,114
$641
$10,755

$16,152
$1,561
$17,713

$6,828
$2,883
$9,711Other loans
(16)
(7)
(23)

(4)
(8)
(12)

(12)
-
(12)Investment securities
(290)
(786)
(1,076)

276
(337)
(61)

(357)
92
(265)MBS
(857)
(280)
(1,137)

4,818
1,523
6,341

(719)
213
(506)Federal funds sold and
other short-term investments
1,498
(3,503)
(2,005)

(1,811)
(1,676)
(3,487)

1,516
906
2,422Total
$10,449
$(3,935)
$6,514

$19,431
$1,063
$20,494

$7,256
$4,094
$11,350Interest-bearing liabilities:Interest bearing checking accounts
$71
($1,191)
$(1,120)

$933
$434
$1,367

$156
$316
$472Money market accounts
($128)
($8,887)
(9,015)

($73)
($5,614)
($5,687)

5,547
6,653
12,200Savings accounts
(10)
(465)
(475)

(66)
(30)
(96)

(160)
(75)
(235)CDs
(93)
(6,483)
(6,576)

(3,129)
(8,238)
(11,367)

2,595
4,070
6,665Borrowed funds
3,109
460
3,569

17,168
(1,230)
15,938

(1,776)
481
(1,295)Total
$2,949
($16,566)
$(13,617)

$14,833
($14,678)
$155

6,362
11,445
17,807Net change in net interest income
$7,500
$12,631
$20,131

$4,598
$15,741
$20,339

$894
$(7,351)
$(6,457)





Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008





Assets.  Assets totaled $3.95 billion at December 31, 2009, a decline of $103.3 million from total assets of $4.06 billion at December 31, 2008.





Cash and due from banks declined $171.7 million during the period.  During the first six months of 2009, the Company elected to hold cash inflows from deposits gathered in late 2008 highly liquid in order to provide greater balance sheet flexibility.  During the final six months of 2009, the Company utilized a substantial
portion of these liquid funds in order to fund CD outflows during the period, resulting in a significant decline in their period-end balance from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2009.  In addition, MBS available-for-sale declined $76.6 million during the period as principal repayments of $82.1 million on these securities were partially offset by an increase of $6.1 million in their market valuation during the year ended December 31, 2009.





Portfolio real estate loans increased $103.3 million during the period, as a result of $464.4 million of originations and the purchase of $90.6 million of real estate loans, which were partially offset by amortization and satisfactions of $326.4 million and sales of $119.4 million during the same period.  Investment securities
available-for-sale increased $26.6 million, primarily as a result of purchases of $46.0 million in agency obligations that were partially offset by the sale of $10.0 million of municipal agency securities and $10.0 million of called federal agency securities during the period.





Liabilities.  Total liabilities decreased $121.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2009, reflecting declines of $43.2 million in retail branch and Internet banking deposits, $10.0 million in FHLBNY advances, and $64.2 million in escrow and other deposits during
the period.  The decline in escrow and other deposits resulted from both the payment of semi-annual real estate tax payments for mortgage loan customers in December 2009, as well as a postponement in funding the last semi-annual real estate payment of 2008 to early January 2009.   See "Part II - Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources" for a discussion of the decreases
in retail branch and Internet banking deposits and FHLBNY advances during the period.





Stockholders' Equity.  Stockholders' equity increased $17.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2009, due primarily to net income of $26.2 million, a reduction of $7.3 million in the after-tax balance of accumulated other comprehensive loss (which increases stockholders'
equity), and amortization of stock plan benefit expense of $2.9 million, which were partially offset by $18.5 million in cash dividends paid during the period.  The decline in the balance of accumulated other comprehensive loss





F-53


reflected an increase in valuation of a great majority of the Company's available-for-sale investments and MBS during the period as a result of greater marketplace demand for securities possessing high credit quality during the year ended December 31, 2009.  The decline in the balance of accumulated other comprehensive loss
also reflected a $1.2 million after-tax decline in the unfunded status of the Company's defined benefit plans.





Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007





Assets.  Assets totaled $4.06 billion at December 31, 2008, an increase of $554.4 million from total assets of $3.50 billion at December 31, 2007.





Real estate loans increased $415.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2008, due primarily to originations of $1.09 billion during the period (as marketplace competition diminished and new origination rates remained favorable for the Bank to pursue a higher lending volume compared to 2007), that were partially offset by amortization
of $522.4 million and sales of $151.0 million.





MBS available-for-sale increased $138.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2008, as purchases of $183.8 million and an increase in their fair value of $3.4 million were partially offset by principal repayments of $48.2 million during the period.





Cash and due from banks increased $109.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2008.  The reduction in yields offered on federal funds investments coupled with deposit inflows late in 2008 resulted in an unusually high level of cash balances at December 31, 2008.  These balances were deployed in some capacity during
2009.





Federal funds sold and other short-term investments declined $128.0 million, as the reduction in yield offered on these short-term investments made them undesirable.





The Company acquired an additional $14.4 million of FHLBNY common stock during the year ended December 31, 2008 in order to satisfy the requisite ownership levels necessary to obtain additional FHLBNY advances during the period.  (See "Part II - Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources" for a discussion of requisite ownership of FHLBNY common stock).





Liabilities.  Total liabilities grew $546.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2008, reflecting increases of $74.9 million in REPOS, $313.2 million in FHLBNY advances, $80.1 million in retail branch and Internet banking deposits, and $77.9 million in escrow and
other deposits during the period.  The increase in escrow and other deposits resulted from the significant increase in real estate loans, on which the Bank maintains escrow and other related deposits, during the year ended December 31, 2008.  (See "Part II - Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources" for a discussion of increases in REPOS, FHLBNY advances and retail branch
and Internet banking deposits during the period).





Stockholders' Equity.  Stockholders' equity increased $8.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2008, due primarily to net income of $28.0 million, amortization of stock benefit plans of $2.9 million, and $2.5 million of proceeds received in consideration for shares
issued in connection with the exercise of stock options, all of which were partially offset by dividend payments of $18.3 million, treasury stock repurchases of $654,000, and an increase of $6.8 million in the accumulated other comprehensive loss component of stockholders' equity.  The increase in accumulated other comprehensive loss related to both an increase in the unfunded status of the Bank's defined benefit plans during the year ended December 31, 2008, as well as an unrealized loss on trust preferred
securities that were classified as available-for-sale prior to being transferred to held-to-maturity during the period.





Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008





General.  Net income was $26.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2009, a decline of $1.8 million from net income of $28.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2008.  During the comparative period, the provision for loan losses increased $11.1 million,
non-interest income declined $3.6 million and non-interest expense increased $7.3 million, while net interest income increased $20.1 million, resulting in a reduction in pre-tax income of $1.9 million.  Income tax expense decreased $72,000 during the comparative period due to the decline in pre-tax earnings.





Net Interest Income.The discussion of net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 presented below should be read in conjunction with the tables on pages F-52 and F-53, which set forth certain information related to the consolidated
statements of operations for those periods, and which also present the average yield on assets and average cost of








F-54


liabilities for the periods indicated.  The average yields and costs were derived by dividing income or expense by the average balance of their related assets or liabilities during the periods represented. Average balances were derived from average daily balances. The yields include fees that are considered adjustments to yields.





During the year ended December 31, 2009, FOMC monetary policies resulted in the maintenance of the overnight federal funds rate in a range of 0.0% to 0.25%.  In addition, dislocations in the securitization marketplace for loans secured by multifamily and commercial real estate reduced the overall competition for the Bank's primary
loan product, thus permitting origination rates on these loans to remain unaffected by general reductions in interest rates.  The combination of these events favorably impacted the Company's net interest income and net interest margin during the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the year ended December 31, 2008.





Interest Income. Interest income was $209.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $6.5 million from $202.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2008.  This resulted primarily from an increase in interest income
of $10.8 million on real estate loans, that was partially offset by declines in interest income of $2.0 million on federal funds sold and other short-term investments and $1.1 million on each of investment securities and MBS





The increase in interest income on real estate loans resulted from growth in their average balance of $197.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the year ended December 31, 2008, reflecting originations of $464.4 million and purchases of $90.6 million during 2009, which was partially offset by principal repayments
of $326.4 million and loan sales of $119.4 million during the same period.





The decrease in interest income on federal funds sold and other short-term investments resulted from a decline of 291 basis points in their average yield (reflecting lower federal funds and benchmark short-term interest rates during the year ended December 31, 2009 as a result of FOMC monetary policy actions), which was partially offset
by an increase of $77.5 million in their average balance during the comparative period.  The increase in average balance reflected management's preference to retain funds in highly liquid short-term investments during the year ended December 31, 2009.





The decline in interest income on investment securities reflected reductions of both $4.5 million in their average balance and 290 basis points in their average yield.  The decline in average yield reflected lower interest rates that resulted from FOMC monetary policy actions as well as reductions in interest income received
in the Bank's pooled bank trust preferred investments.  The decline in their average balance reflected management's preference to curtail purchases of these assets throughout much of the year ended December 31, 2009. The decline in interest income on MBS resulted primarily from a decline of $21.3 million in their average balance from principal repayments of $82.1 million that occurred throughout 2009.  The Company did not purchases any MBS during 2009.





Interest Expense.  Interest expense decreased $13.6 million, to $97.7 million, during the year ended December 31, 2009, from $111.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2008.  The decline resulted from reductions in interest expense
of $9.0 million on money market accounts, $6.6 million on CDs, and $1.1 million on interest bearing checking accounts, which were partially offset by increased interest expense of $3.6 million on borrowed funds.





The decrease in interest expense on money market accounts resulted from a decline of 151 basis points in their average cost, as the Bank lowered offering rates on money market accounts during 2009 in response to the significant reduction in benchmark short-term interest rates in 2008 and 2009.  Similarly, the decline in interest
expense on CDs resulted primarily from a decrease of 73 basis points in their average cost during the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the year ended December 31, 2008, and the decline in interest expense on interest bearing checking accounts reflected a decline of 140 basis points in their average cost during the comparative period.  The decline in these average costs reflected lower offering rates during the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the year ended December 31, 2008, as short-term
market interest rates, which influence the pricing of both CDs and interest bearing checking accounts, declined significantly throughout 2008, and remained near zero during 2009.





The increase in interest expense on borrowed funds resulted from $83.0 million of growth in their average balance during the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the year ended December 31, 2008, as the Company added a total of $388.1 million in borrowings in the form of either REPOS and FHLBNY advances throughout 2008 in order to
fund operational requirements and help maintain pricing discipline on deposits.  Since the great majority of these added borrowings were retained throughout 2009, their average balance was higher during the year ended December 31,2009 compared to the year ended December 31, 2008.





F-55


Provision for Loan Losses.  The provision for loan losses was $13.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $11.1 million over the provision of $2.0 million recorded during the year ended December 31, 2008.  This increase reflected: (i)
the increase in non-accrual and other problem loans from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2009;  (ii) deteriorating conditions in the Bank's local real estate marketplace that resulted in higher estimated loan loss reserves on these non-accrual and other problem loans; and (iii) increased reserves applied to performing loans as a result of a higher reserve allocation determined on these loans at December 31, 2009 compared to December 31, 2008.





Non-Interest Income. Totalnon-interest income declined $3.6 million from the year ended December 31, 2008 to the year ended December 31, 2009.  During
the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recognized $7.9 million of credit-related OTTI charges on trust preferred and equity mutual fund investment securities, compared to $3.2 million of such charges recognized during the year ended December 31, 2008.  (See Note 3to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion of the OTTI charges).  Partially offsetting this was an increase in net mortgage banking income of $416,000 during the comparative period,
and a $468,000 increase in net gain on the sale of investment securities and OREO, as well as a net gain of $505,000 recognized on a portion of the Company's trust preferred corporate debt that was re-acquired at a discount during 2009.  The increase in mortgage banking income resulted primarily from a reduction of $643,000 in the required charges to increase the liability for the First Loss Position on loans sold with recourse to FNMA (reflecting a more favorable condition of problem loans within the
pool), that was partially offset by a decline of $321,000 in gains on loans sold (reflecting lower sales volume). The increase in the net gain on the sale of investment securities and OREO reflected a gain of $431,000 recognized in the first quarter of 2009 on the sale of the Bank's portfolio of municipal securities (which was partially offset by a loss of $92,000 on the sale of OREO recognized in the second quarter), compared to a loss of $129,000 recognized during the second quarter of 2008 on the sale of OREO.   Service
charges and fees declined $557,000 during the comparative period as a result of both lower mortgage application income as well as a reduction in fees received on un-cashed official checks issued on behalf of depositors, as the Bank ceased utilization of a third party company to reconcile such checks in late 2008.  Under the previous arrangement, the Bank would immediately fund the full balance of official checks issued to the third party reconciling firm, and would periodically receive a pre-negotiated
fee for the balance of un-cashed official checks.  In late 2008, the Bank assumed the official check reconciliation function internally.





Non-Interest Expense.  Non-interest expense was $57.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $7.3 million from $50.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2008.





Salaries and employee benefits increased $3.2 million during the comparative period as a result of $1.6 million of higher expenses associated with a reduction in the funded status of the Employee Retirement Plan, as well as a $758,000 reduction in the offset to salaries for capitalized loan origination salary costs during the year ended
December 31, 2009 compared to the year ended December 31, 2008 (reflecting lower loan origination levels during the comparative period). Occupancy and equipment expense increased by $911,000 during the comparative period, reflecting the opening of the Brooklyn Heights branch in late 2008 and the acquisition of a building in late 2008 intended for future operational use.  Federal deposit insurance costs increased $4.6 million during the comparative period as a result of a special insurance assessment
of $1.8 million incurred as of September 30 , 2009, as well as ongoing increases in such costs resulting from recent FDIC BIF re-capitalization plans.  Other operating expenses declined $1.5 million, primarily as a result of reduced marketing and professional fees.





Non-interest expense was 1.44% of average assets during the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to 1.35% during the year ended December 31, 2008.  This increase reflected the substantial increase in FDIC insurance expense during the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the year ended December 31, 2008.





Income Tax Expense.  Income tax expense declined $72,000 during the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the year ended December 31, 2008, due primarily to a reduction of $1.9 million in pre-tax income during the period.  The Company's customary consolidated
effective tax rate approximates 37%.  The impact of the previously discussed OTTI charges on investment securities reduced the actual effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2009 to 35.0%, while the combination of OTTI charges, a non-recurring reduction of $662,000 in the reserve for unrecognized tax benefits, and a reduction of $275,000 in recorded income tax expense related to the completion of the December 31, 2007 tax returns lowered the effective tax rate to 33.5% during the year ended
December 31, 2008.





Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2008 and 2007





General.  Net income was $28.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of $5.6 million from net income of $22.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2007.  During the comparative period, net interest income increased $20.3 million, the
provision for loan losses increased $1.8 million, non-interest income declined $7.6 million and





F-56


non-interest expense increased $4.5 million, resulting in an increase in pre-tax net income of $6.5 million.  Income tax expense increased $911,000 during the comparative period due to the increased pre-tax earnings.





Net Interest Income.The discussion of net interest income for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 presented below should be read in conjunction with the tables on pages F-52 and F-53, which set forth certain information related to the consolidated
statements of operations for those periods, and which also present the average yield on assets and average cost of liabilities for the periods indicated.  The yields and costs were derived by dividing income or expense by the average balance of their related assets or liabilities during the periods represented. Average balances were derived from average daily balances. The yields include fees that are considered adjustments to yields.





During the year ended December 31, 2008, FOMC monetary policies resulted in a 425 basis point reduction of the overnight federal funds rate from 4.25% to near zero percent.  This reduction significantly exceeded the decline in medium- and long-term interest rates offered throughout the financial markets, thus creating a steeper
market interest rate yield curve during the period.  This trend favorably impacted the Company's net interest income and net interest margin during the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007.





Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2008 increased $20.3 million to $91.4 million, from $71.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2007.  The increase was attributable to an increase of $20.5 million in interest income that was partially offset by an increase of $155,000 in interest expense.  The
net interest spread increased 46 basis points, from 1.88% for the year ended December 31, 2007 to 2.34% for the year ended December 31, 2008, and the net interest margin increased 31 basis points, from 2.29% to 2.60% during the same period.





The increases in both net interest spread and net interest margin reflected a decrease of 56 basis points in the average cost of interest bearing liabilities.  This decrease resulted primarily from declines in the average cost of money market deposits and CDs of 102 basis points and 87 basis points, respectively, during the comparative
period, reflecting the aforementioned reduction in short-term interest rates during 2008.





Interest Income.  Interest income was $202.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of $20.5 million, from $182.2 million, during the year ended December 31, 2007.  This resulted primarily from increases in interest income of $17.7 million
and $6.3 million on real estate loans and MBS, respectively, that were partially offset by a decline of $3.5 million in interest income on federal funds sold and other short-term investments.





The increase in interest income on real estate loans resulted from growth in their average balance of $312.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007, reflecting originations of $1.09 billion during 2008, which were partially offset by principal repayments of $522.4 million and loan sales
of $151.0 million during the same period.





The increase in interest income on MBS resulted from an increase of $124.8 million in their average balance coupled with an increase of 45 basis points in their average yield during the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007.  The increase in average balance resulted from $183.8 million of MBS
purchases during the period October 2007 through September 2008, that were partially offset by $48.2 million in principal repayments during the same period.  The increase in average yield on MBS reflected the steeper yield curve during the year ended December 31, 2008, as increases in yields on these securities that resulted from tightening of monetary policy by the FOMC during 2006 and 2007 were not adversely impacted by the reduction in short-term interest rates that resulted from FOMC monetary policy
during 2008.





The decrease in interest income on federal funds sold and other short-term investments resulted from a decline of $35.9 million in their average balance (as these liquid investments were utilized to fund real estate loans and MBS purchases during the year ended December 31, 2008), along with a reduction of 129 basis points in their average
yield (reflecting lower federal funds and benchmark short-term interest rates during the year ended December 31, 2008 as a result of FOMC monetary policy actions).





Interest Expense.  Interest expense increased $155,000, to $111.3 million, during the year ended December 31, 2008, from $111.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2007.  The additional expense resulted primarily from increased interest expense of $15.9
million on borrowed funds and $1.4 million on interest bearing checking accounts, that was largely offset by declines in interest expense of $5.7 million and $11.4 million on CDs and money market accounts, respectively.





The increase in interest expense on borrowed funds resulted from $451.8 million of growth in their average balance during the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007, as the Company added $668.0 million of





F-57


REPOS and FHLBNY advances during the period October 1, 2007 through December 31, 2008 in order to fund operational requirements and help maintain pricing discipline on deposits.





The increase of $1.4 million in interest expense on interest bearing checking accounts resulted from an increase of $47.6 million in their average balance, coupled with an increase of 51 basis points in their average cost during the period, both of which reflected growth in Prime Dime interest bearing checking accounts that began in the
second half of 2007 and continued during the year ended December 31, 2008, as these accounts have traditionally carried a higher cost than other interest bearing checking accounts.





The decline in interest expense on CDs resulted from decreases of both $54.7 million in their average balance and 87 basis points in their average cost during the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007.  The decline in average cost reflected lower offering rates during the year ended December
31, 2008, as short-term market interest rates, which influence the pricing of CDs, declined by 425 basis points during the year ended December 31, 2008.  The decline in average balance of CDs reflected deposit pricing strategies implemented by the Bank during the majority of the year ended December 31, 2008 which de-emphasized the use of CDs as a funding source.





The decrease in interest expense on money market accounts was due to a decline of 102 basis points in their average rate, as the Bank lowered offering rates on money market accounts from March through September 2008 in response to the reduction in benchmark short-term interest rates during 2008.  The decrease in average rate
was partially offset by a $25.5 million increase in the average balance of money markets during the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007, that was attributable to a combination of two factors.  The balance of money markets increased during 2007 through successful promotional activities.  In addition, the Bank's offering rates on money market accounts lagged the decline in short-term interest rates in the financial markets during most of the first six months
of 2008.  As a result, the Bank retained a large portion of its money market balances during this period, contributing to their increased average balance during the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007.





Provision for Loan Losses.  The provision for loan losses was $2.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of $1.8 million over the provision of $240,000 recorded during the year ended December 31, 2007.  The increase in the provision for
loan losses during the year ended December 31, 2008 primarily reflected the following items: 1) the significant growth in the Bank's loan portfolio during the year ended December 31, 2008; and 2) the increase in non-accrual and other problem loans from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008, along with deteriorating conditions in the Bank's local real estate marketplace that resulted in a higher level of estimated loan loss reserves on these non-accrual and other problem loans.





Non-Interest Income. Non-interest income decreased $7.6 million, from $10.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2007 to $2.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2008.  The decline resulted primarily
from a reduction in net mortgage banking income of $3.7 million attributable to provisions to net mortgage banking income of $3.9 million recognized during the year ended December 31, 2008 for an increase to the reserve liability for losses on loans sold to FNMA with recourse.  (See "Part I - Item 1 – Business – Allowance for Loan Losses - Reserve Liability on the First Loss Position on Multifamily Loans Serviced for FNMA" for a further
discussion of the provisions to the book reserve for losses on loans sold with partial recourse).





In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recognized an OTTI charge of $3.2 million related to two pooled trust preferred securities, and a loss of $129,000 on the sale of two OREO properties.  There were no OTTI charges recognized on securities or sales of either securities or OREO during the year ended
December 31, 2007.





The remainder of the decline in non-interest income resulted primarily from a non-recurring $546,000 BOLI settlement the Bank received during the year ended December 31, 2007.





Non-Interest Expense.  Non-interest expense was $50.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of $4.5 million from $45.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2007.





Salaries and employee benefits increased $2.3 million during the comparative period as a result of regular increases to existing employee compensation levels, along with management and staff positions required for two retail branch openings in 2008 and other general staff increases during the period.  Stock benefit plan amortization
expense increased $906,000, reflecting equity awards granted to officers in July 2008 along with higher Employee Stock Ownership Plan expense resulting from an increase in the Holding Company's common stock price during the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007.





F-58


Occupancy and equipment expense increased by $536,000 during the comparative period, due primarily to the opening of the Borough Park branch in March 2008 and the Brooklyn Heights branch in December 2008 (for which the Bank paid rental expense commencing in January 2008), along with a substantial increase in the monthly rental cost of
the Bank's Bronx branch commencing in late 2007.  Federal deposit insurance costs increased $641,000 as a result of an insurance fund re-capitalization plan implemented by the FDIC in late 2006.





Other non-interest expenses (including advertising expenses) increased $223,000, primarily as a result of additional professional fees related to various consultation matters.





Non-interest expense was 1.35% of average assets during the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to 1.39% during the year ended December 31, 2007.  This ratio declined despite the increase in non-interest expense during the comparative period due to growth of $446.9 million in average assets.





Income Tax Expense.  Income tax expense increased $911,000 during the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007, due to an increase of $6.5 million in pre-tax income during the period.  Partially offsetting this increase were non-recurring
reductions to income tax expense during the year ended December 31, 2008 of $662,000 from the reduction in the reserve for unrecognized tax benefits, and  $275,000 from adjustments related to completion of the June 2007 and December 2007 tax returns.  These non-recurring items reduced the actual effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2008 to 33.5%.





Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices





The consolidated financial statements and notes thereto presented herein have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, which requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering the changes in the relative purchasing power
of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased costs of operations. Unlike industrial companies, nearly all of the Company's consolidated assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a greater impact on the Company's consolidated performance than do the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily fluctuate in the same direction or to the same extent as the price of goods and services.





Recently Issued Accounting Standards





For a discussion of the impact of recently issued accounting standards, please see Note 1 to the Company's consolidated financial statements that commence on page F-66.





Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk





As a depository financial institution, the Bank's primary source of market risk is interest rate volatility.  Fluctuations in interest rates will ultimately impact the level of interest income recorded on, and the market value of, a significant portion of the Bank's assets.  Fluctuations
in interest rates will also ultimately impact the level of interest expense recorded on, and the market value of, a significant portion of the Bank's liabilities.  In addition, the Bank's real estate loan portfolio, concentrated primarily within the NYC metropolitan area, is subject to risks associated with the local economy.





Real estate loans, the largest component of the Bank's interest earning assets, traditionally derived their current interest rates primarily from either the five- or seven-year constant maturity Treasury index.  As a result, the Bank's interest earning assets were historically
most sensitive to these benchmark interest rates.  Dislocations in the credit markets during the year ended December 31, 2009 resulted in a lower level of sensitivity of the Bank's multifamily loans to these benchmark interest rates.  Since the majority of the Bank's interest bearing liabilities mature within one year, its interest bearing liabilities are most sensitive to fluctuations in short-term interest rates.





Neither the Holding Company nor the Bank is subject to foreign currency exchange or commodity price risk.  In addition, the Company owned no trading assets, nor did it engage in any hedging transactions utilizing derivative instruments (such as interest rate swaps and caps) or embedded derivative instruments that required bifurcation
during the years ended December 31, 2009 or 2008.  In the future, the Company may, with appropriate Board approval, engage in hedging transactions utilizing derivative instruments.




Since a majority of the Company's consolidated interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities are located at the Bank, virtually all of the interest rate risk exposure exists at the Bank level.  As a result, all of the significant interest rate risk





F-59


management procedures are performed at the Bank level.  The Bank's interest rate risk management strategy is designed to limit the volatility of net interest income and preserve capital over a broad range of interest rate movements and has the following three primary components:





Assets.  The Bank's largest single asset type is the adjustable-rate multifamily residential loan. Multifamily residential loans typically carry shorter average terms to maturity than one- to four-family residential loans, thus significantly reducing the overall level of
interest rate risk.  Over 90% of multifamily residential loans originated by the Bank during the years ended both December 31, 2009 and 2008 were adjustable rate, with repricing typically occurring after five or seven years.In addition, the Bank has sought to include in its portfolio various types of adjustable-rate one- to four-family loans and adjustable and floating-rate investment securities, with repricing terms generally of three years
or less.  At December 31, 2009, adjustable-rate real estate and consumer loans totaled $2.80 billion, or 70.8% of total assets,and adjustable-rate investment securities (CMOs, REMICs, MBS issued by GSEs and other securities) totaled $101.5 million, or 2.6% of total assets.   At December 31, 2008, adjustable-rate real estate and consumer loans totaled $2.77 billion, or 68.4% of total assets, and adjustable-rate investment securities
(CMOs, REMICs, MBS issued by GSEs and other securities) totaled $128.3 million, or 3.2% of total assets.





Deposit Liabilities.As a traditional community-based savings bank, the Bank is largely dependent upon its base of competitively priced core deposits to provide stability on the liability side of the balance sheet.  The Bank has retained many loyal customers
over the years through a combination of quality service, convenience, and a stable and experienced staff. Core deposits at December 31, 2009 were $1.2 billion, or 55.6% of total deposits. The balance of CDs as of December 31, 2009 was $985.1 million, or 44.4% of total deposits, of which $628.8 million, or 63.8%, were to mature within one year.  The weighted average maturity of the Bank's CDs at December 31, 2009 was 15.5months,
compared to 8.8 months at December 31, 2008.  During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Bank generally priced its CDs in an effort to encourage the extension of the average maturities of deposit liabilities beyond one year, and the increase in the average maturity of CDs during the year ended December 31, 2009 reflected promotional CDs with maturities of 12 months and longer that were added throughout 2009.





Wholesale Funds.  The Bank is a member of the FHLBNY, which provided the Bank with a borrowing line of up to $1.37 billion at December 31, 2009. The Bank borrows from the FHLBNY for various purposes. At December
31, 2009, the Bank had outstanding advances of $1.01 billion from the FHLBNY, all of which were secured by a blanket lien on the Bank's loan portfolio.





The Bank has authority to accept brokered deposits as a source of funds and considers them a potential funding source.  The Bank had no outstanding brokered deposits at either December 31, 2009 or December 31, 2008.





Interest Rate Risk Exposure (NPV) Compliance




Under guidelines established by OTS Thrift Bulletin 13a, the Bank also measures its interest rate risk through an analysis of the change in its NPV under several interest rate scenarios.  NPV is the difference between the present value of the expected future cash flows of the Bank’s assets and liabilities, plus the present
value of net expected cash flows from either commitments to originate or sell loans or purchase securities.





Traditionally, the fair value of fixed-rate instruments fluctuates inversely with changes in interest rates.  Increases in interest rates thus result in decreases in the fair value of interest-earning assets, which could adversely affect the Company's consolidated results of operations
in the event they were to be sold, or, in the case of interest-earning assets classified as available-for-sale, reduce the Company's consolidated stockholders' equity, if retained.  During the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, dislocations in the credit markets resulted in a significantly lower correlation between changes in interest rates and changes in these fair values.  The changes in the value of assets and liabilities due to fluctuations in interest rates reflect the interest rate
sensitivity of those assets and liabilities.  Under GAAP, changes in the unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, on securities classified as available-for-sale are reflected in stockholders' equity through other comprehensive income.  As of December 31, 2009, the Company's consolidated securities portfolio included $267.9 million in securities classified as available- for-sale, which possessed a gross unrealized gain of $8.9 million.   Neither the Holding Company nor the
Bank owned any trading assets as of December 31, 2009 or 2008.





In order to measure the Bank’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates, NPV is calculated under market interest rates prevailing at a given quarter-end ("Pre-Shock Scenario"), and under various other interest rate scenarios ("Rate Shock Scenarios") representing immediate, permanent, parallel shifts in the term structure of interest
rates from the actual term structure observed in the Pre-Shock Scenario.  The changes in NPV between the Pre-Shock Scenario and various Rate Shock Scenarios due to fluctuations in interest rates reflect the interest rate sensitivity of the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and commitments to either originate or sell loans and/or purchase or sell securities that are included in the NPV.  The NPV ratio under any interest rate scenario is defined as the NPV in that scenario divided by the present
value of the assets in the same scenario (the "NPV Ratio").  An increase in the NPV Ratio is considered favorable, while a decline is considered unfavorable.





F-60


An interest rate risk exposure compliance report is presented to the Bank's Board of Directors on a quarterly basis. The report, prepared in accordance with Thrift Bulletin 13a, compares the Bank's estimated Pre-Shock Scenario NPV to the estimated NPVs calculated under the various Rate Shock
Scenarios.  The calculated estimates of the resulting NPV Ratios are compared to current limits established by management and approved by the Board of Directors.





The analysis that follows presents the estimated NPV resulting from market interest rates prevailing at a given quarter-end Pre-Shock Scenario, and under four Rate Shock Scenarios.  The analysis additionally presents a measurement of the interest rate sensitivity at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008.  Interest
rate sensitivity is measured by the basis point changes in the various NPV Ratios from the Pre-Shock Scenario to the Rate Shock Scenarios.





At December 31, 2009Net Portfolio Value




At December 31, 2008
At December 31, 2009 and 2008Dollar
Amount
Dollar
Change from the Pre-shock Scenario
Percentage
Change from the Pre-shock Scenario

NPVRatio
Basis Point Change in NPV Ratio from the
Pre-shock Scenario

NPVRatio
Basis Point Change in NPV Ratio from the Pre-shock Scenario
Board Approved
NPV Ratio Limit(Dollars in Thousands)Rate Shock Scenario+ 200 Basis Points
$373,349
$(60,083)
-14.57%

9.48%
(68)

6.02%
(126)
5.0%+ 100 Basis Points
401,595
(25,929)
-6.29

10.03
(13)

6.77
(51)
6.0Pre-Shock Scenario
412,478
-
-

10.16
-

7.28
-
7.0- 100 Basis Points
403,261
15,500
3.76

9.84
(32)

7.54
26
7.0- 200 Basis Points
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
7.0





The NPVs presented above incorporate some asset and liability values derived from the Bank’s valuation model, such as those for mortgage loans and time deposits, and some asset and liability values that are provided by reputable independent sources, such as values for the Bank's MBS and CMO portfolios, as well as its putable borrowings.  The
Bank's valuation model makes various estimates regarding cash flows from principal repayments on loans and passbook deposit decay rates at each level of interest rate change.  The Bank's estimates for loan repayment levels are influenced by the recent history of prepayment activity in its loan portfolio as well as the interest rate composition of the existing portfolio, especially vis-à-vis the existing interest rate environment.  In addition, the Bank considers the amount of fee protection
inherent in the loan portfolio when estimating future repayment cash flows.  Regarding passbook deposit decay rates, the Bank tracks and analyzes the decay rate of its passbook deposits over time and over various interest rate scenarios and then makes estimates of its passbook deposit decay rate for use in the valuation model.  No matter the care and precision with which the estimates are derived, however, actual cash flows for passbooks, as well as loans, could differ significantly from the
Bank's estimates, resulting in significantly different NPV calculations.





The Bank also generates a series of spot discount rates that are integral to the valuation of the projected monthly cash flows of its assets and liabilities.  The Bank's valuation model employs discount rates that are representative of prevailing market rates of interest, with appropriate adjustments it believes are suited to
the heterogeneous characteristics of the Bank’s various asset and liability portfolios.





The Pre-Shock Scenario NPV increased from $296.8 million at December 31, 2008 to $412.5 million at December 31, 2009.  The NPV Ratio at December 31, 2009 was 10.16% in the Pre-Shock Scenario, an increase from the NPV Ratio of 7.28% in that Scenario at December 31, 2008.  The increase in the Pre-Shock Scenario NPV was
due primarily to both an increase in the valuation of multifamily loans (reflecting lower marketplace offering rates on such loans at December 31, 2009 compared to December 31, 2008), and a decline in the valuation of borrowings (which positively impacts NPV) that resulted from higher quoted interest rates from the FHLBNY for comparable borrowings at December 31, 2009 compared to December 31, 2008.  The increase in the Pre-Shock Scenario NPV Ratio reflected the $116.8 million increase in the Pre-Shock
Scenario NPV from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2009.





The Bank’s +200 basis point Rate Shock Scenario NPV increased from $236.8 million at December 31, 2008 to $373.3 million at December 31, 2009.  The increase resulted primarily from a more favorable valuation of multifamily loans at December 31, 2009 compared to December 31, 2008, reflecting a decline in their estimated
term to next interest rate repricing at December 31, 2009 compared to December 31, 2008.  Assets with a reduced term to next interest rate repricing generate a more favorable NPV in a rising rate interest rate environment.  As a result, the decline in the NPV of total assets from the Pre-Shock Scenario to the +200 basis point Rate Shock Scenario was lower at December 31, 2009 than December 31, 2008.  In addition, the average term to maturity of the Bank's CDs increased from
December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2009 as a result of





F-61


both runoff of shorter-term promotional CDs gathered in late 2008 as well as successful efforts to gather CDs with maturities of 3 to 5 years during the year ended December 31, 2009.  The increase in the average term to maturity or repricing of interest bearing liabilities such as CDs has a positive impact upon the +200 basis
point Rate Shock Scenario NPV.





The NPV Ratio was 9.48% in the +200 basis point Rate Shock Scenario at December 31, 2009, an increase from the NPV Ratio of 6.02% in the +200 basis point Rate Shock Scenario at December 31, 2008.  The increase reflected the aforementioned increase in the +200 basis point Rate Shock Scenario NPV during the comparative period.





At December 31, 2009, the interest rate sensitivity in the +200 basis point Rate Shock Scenario was negative 68 basis points, compared to interest rate sensitivity of negative 126 basis points in the +200 basis point Rate Shock Scenario at December 31, 2008.  The reduction in sensitivity was due primarily to a combination of
less sensitivity in the valuation of both multifamily loans and CDs, as well as a larger increase in the deposit intangible value in the +200 basis point Rate Shock Scenario at December 31, 2009 compared to December 31, 2008 (reflecting lower market deposit offering rates at December 31, 2009 compared to December 31, 2008).





Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data





For the Company's consolidated financial statements, see index on page F-66.





Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure





None.





Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures





Disclosure Controls and Procedures





Management of the Company, with the participation of its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness as of December 31, 2009, of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15(d)-15(e) under the
Exchange Act.  Based upon this evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2009 in ensuring that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.





Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting





There was no change in the Company's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Company's last fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting.





Management’s Report On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting





Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company.  The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company's management
and Board of Directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements.





Because of inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.





The Company’s management assessed the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, utilizing the criteria established by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in "Internal Controls – Integrated
Framework."  Based upon its assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 2009, the Company's internal control over financial reporting is effective.





F-62


Crowe Horwath LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements included in the Annual Report, has issued an audit report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009,
which is included on page F-67.





Item 9B.                      Other Information





None.





PART III





Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance





Information regarding directors and executive officers of the Company is presented under the headings "Proposal 1 - Election of Directors," "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" and "Executive Officers" in the Holding Company's definitive Proxy Statement for its Annual
Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 20, 2010 (the "Proxy Statement") which will be filed with the SEC within 120 days of December 31, 2009, and is incorporated herein by reference.





Information regarding the audit committee of the Holding Company's Board of Directors, including information regarding audit committee financial experts serving on the audit committee, is presented under the headings, "Meetings and Committees of the Company's Board of Directors," and "Report
of the Audit Committee" in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.





The Holding Company has adopted a written Code of Business Ethics that applies to its principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions.  The Code of Business Ethics is published on the
Company's website, www.dime.com.  The Company will provide to any person, without charge, upon request, a copy of such Code of Business Ethics.  Such request should be made in writing to:  Dime Community Bancshares, Inc., 209 Havemeyer Street, Brooklyn, New York 11211, attention Investor Relations.





Item 11.  Executive Compensation





Information regarding executive and director compensation and the Compensation Committee of the Holding Company's Board of Directors is presented under the headings, "Directors' Compensation," "Compensation - Executive Compensation, "Compensation Discussion and Analysis," "Compensation
Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation," and "Compensation Committee Report" in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.





Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters





Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is included under the heading "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.




F-63





The following table presents information as of December 31, 2009 with respect to compensation plans under which equity securities of the Holding Company are authorized for issuance:





EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATIONPlan Category

Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options(a)

Weighted Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options(b)

Number of Securities Remaining Available for Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans [Excluding Securities Reflected in Column (a)](c)Equity compensation plans approvedby the Holding Company's shareholders

3,266,920

$14.56

767,040(1)Equity compensation plans notapproved by the Holding Company'sshareholders

-

-

-





(1)
Amount comprised of 60,227 stock options that remain available for future issuance under the 2001 Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors, Officers and Employees of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc., and 706,813 equity awards that remain available for future issuance under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan for Outside Directors, Officers and Employees of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc., of which 510,900 were eligible to
be issued in the form of restricted stock awards.





Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence





Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions is included under the heading "Transactions with Certain Related Persons" in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.  Information regarding director independence is included under the heading
"Information as to Nominees and Continuing Directors" in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.





Item 14.                      Principal Accounting Fees and Services





Information regarding principal accounting fees and services, as well as the Audit Committee's pre-approval policies and procedures, is included under the heading "Proposal 2 – Ratification of Appointment of Independent Auditors," in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein
by reference.








PART IV





Item 15.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules





(a)           (1)           Financial Statements





See index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page F-66.





(2)           Financial Statement Schedules





Financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or not required or the required information is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto under "Part II - Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data."





(3)           Exhibits Required by Item 601 of SEC Regulation S-K





See Index of Exhibits on pages F-112 and F-113.








F-64





SIGNATURES





Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on March 12, 2010.





DIME COMMUNITY BANCSHARES, INC.





By: /s/ VINCENT F. PALAGIANO




Chairman of the
Board and Chief Executive Officer





Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below on March 12, 2010 by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated.





Name

Title/s/ VINCENT F. PALAGIANO
Vincent F. Palagiano

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)/s/ MICHAEL P. DEVINE
Michael P. Devine

President and Chief Operating Officer and Director/s/ KENNETH J. MAHON
Kenneth J. Mahon

First Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)/s/ MICHAEL PUCELLA
Michael Pucella

Executive Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)/s/ ANTHONY BERGAMO
Anthony Bergamo

Director/s/ GEORGE L. CLARK, JR.
George L. Clark, Jr.

Director/s/ STEVEN D. COHN
Steven D. Cohn

Director/s/ PATRICK E. CURTIN
Patrick E. Curtin

Director/s/ FRED P. FEHRENBACH
Fred P. Fehrenbach

Director/s/ JOHN J. FLYNN
John J. Flynn

Director/s/ JOSEPH J. PERRY
Joseph J. Perry

Director/s/ OMER S.J. WILLIAMS
Omer S.J. Williams

Director








F-65


























CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF


DIME COMMUNITY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES





INDEX








PageReport of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
F-67Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at December 31, 2009 and 2008
F-69Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
F-70Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity and Comprehensive Incomefor the years endedDecember 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
F-71Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
F-72Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F73-F111











F-66








REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM





Audit Committee, Board of Directors and Stockholders


Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries


Brooklyn, New York





We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of financial condition of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for the year then ended December
31, 2009. We also have audited Dime Community Bancshares, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal
control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting located in Item 9a of Form 10-K. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.





We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over
financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of the consolidated financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting,
assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.





A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting
includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and
directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.





Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies
or procedures may deteriorate.





In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2009, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America. Also, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).








/S/ CROWE HORWATH LLP





Livingston, New Jersey


March 12, 2010






F-67




REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM





To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of


Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. & Subsidiaries


Brooklyn, NY





We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period
ended December 31, 2008.  These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.





We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining,
on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.





In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America.





/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP   New York, New York


March 16, 2009






















F-68





DIME COMMUNITY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION


(Dollars in thousands except share amounts)





December 31,2009
December 31, 2008ASSETS:Cash and due from banks
$39,338
$211,020Federal funds sold and other short-term investments
3,785
-Investment securities held-to-maturity (estimated fair value of $5,330 and $9,082 at December 31, 2009 andDecember 31, 2008, respectively) (Fully unencumbered)
7,240
10,861Investment securities available-for-sale, at fair value :Encumbered
27,646
-Unencumbered
15,516
16,60243,162
16,602Mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale, at fair value:Encumbered
221,048
251,744Unencumbered
3,725
49,607224,773
301,351Loans:Real estate, net
3,392,038
3,289,314Other loans
3,221
2,191Less allowance for loan losses
(21,505)
(17,454)Total loans, net
3,373,754
3,274,051Loans held for sale
416
-Premises and fixed assets, net
29,841
30,426Federal Home Loan Bank of New York ("FHLBNY") capital stock
54,083
53,435Other real estate owned ("OREO")
755
300Goodwill
55,638
55,638Other assets
119,489
101,914Total Assets
$3,952,274
$4,055,598LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITYLiabilities:Due to depositors:Interest bearing deposits
$2,110,387
$2,169,341Non-interest bearing deposits
106,449
90,710Total deposits
2,216,836
2,260,051Escrow and other deposits
65,895
130,121Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
230,000
230,000FHLBNY advances
1,009,675
1,019,675Subordinated notes payable
25,000
25,000Trust Preferred securities payable
70,680
72,165Other liabilities
39,415
41,622Total Liabilities
$3,657,501
$3,778,634Commitments and ContingenciesStockholders' Equity:Preferred stock ($0.01 par, 9,000,000 shares authorized, none issued or outstanding atDecember 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008)
-
-Common stock ($0.01 par, 125,000,000 shares authorized, 51,131,784 shares and 51,122,319shares issued at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively, and
34,395,531 shares and34,179,900 shares outstanding at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively)
511
511Additional paid-in capital
214,654
213,917Retained earnings
306,787
297,848Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of deferred taxes
(5,082)
(11,111)Unallocated common stock of Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("ESOP")
(3,701)
(3,933)Unearned Restricted Stock Award common stock
(2,505)
(1,790)Common stock held by Benefit Maintenance Plan ("BMP")
(8,007)
(8,007)Treasury stock, at cost (16,736,253 shares and 16,942,419 shares at December 31, 2009and December 31, 2008, respectively)
(207,884)
(210,471)Total Stockholders' Equity
$294,773
$276,964Total Liabilities And Stockholders' Equity
$3,952,274
$4,055,598


See notes to consolidated financial statements.





F-69





DIME COMMUNITY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS


(Dollars in thousands except per share amounts)





Year Ended December 31,2009
2008
2007Interest income:Loans secured by real estate
$193,689
$182,934
$165,221Other loans
143
166
178Mortgage-backed securities
11,548
12,685
6,344Investment securities
874
1,950
2,011Federal funds sold and other short-term investments
2,914
4,919
8,406Total interest income
209,168
202,654
182,160Interest expense:Deposits and escrow
42,792
59,978
75,761Borrowed funds
54,893
51,324
35,386Total interest expense
97,685
111,302
111,147Net interest income
111,483
91,352
71,013Provision for loan losses
13,152
2,006
240Net interest income after provision for loan losses
98,331
89,346
70,773Non-interest income:Total other than temporary impairment ("OTTI") losses
(10,919)
(3,209)
-Less:  Non-credit portion of OTTI recorded in other comprehensive income (before taxes)
3,004
-
-Net OTTI recognized in earnings
(7,915)
(3,209)
-Service charges and other fees
4,209
4,766
4,780Mortgage banking (loss) income
(1,774)
(2,190)
1,512Net (loss) gain on sales of securities and OREO
339
(129)
-Net gain on the re-acquisition of trust preferred securities payable
505
-
-Income from Bank Owned Life Insurance ("BOLI")
2,022
1,999
2,513Other
1,869
1,577
1,615Total non-interest (loss) income
(745)
2,814
10,420Non-interest expense:Salaries and employee benefits
28,167
24,922
22,620Stock benefit plan compensation expense
3,647
3,702
2,796Occupancy and equipment
7,878
6,967
6,431Data processing costs
2,985
3,067
3,204Advertising and marketing
1,441
2,364
2,638Federal deposit insurance premiums
5,524
899
258Provision for losses on OREO
196
-
-Other
7,472
8,052
7,555Total non-interest expense
57,310
49,973
45,502Income before income taxes
40,276
42,187
35,691Income tax expense
14,087
14,159
13,248Net income
$26,189
$28,028
$22,443Earnings per Share:Basic
$0.79
$0.85
$0.67Diluted
$0.79
$0.85
$0.67





See notes to consolidated financial statements.





F-70





DIME COMMUNITY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME


(Dollars in thousands)


Year Ended December 31,2009
2008
2007CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITYCommon Stock (Par Value $0.01):Balance at beginning of period
$511
$509
$509Shares issued in exercise of options
-
2
-Balance at end of period
511
511
509Additional Paid-in Capital:Balance at beginning of period
213,917
208,369
206,601Stock options exercised
43
2,471
136(Tax Liability) Excess tax benefit of stock benefit plans
(130)
518
174Amortization of excess fair value over cost – ESOP stock
583
1,011
813Stock option expense
1,083
1,079
630Release from treasury stock for restricted stock award shares
(842)
469
15Balance at end of period
214,654
213,917
208,369Retained Earnings:Balance at beginning of period
297,848
288,112
285,420Net income for the period
26,189
28,028
22,443Cash dividends re-assumed through liquidation of Recognition and Retention Plan ("RRP")
-
-
958Cumulative effect adjustment for the adoption of provisions of FASB Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 740-10-05-6 ("ASC 740-10-05-6")
-
-
(1,703)Cumulative effect adjustment for the adoption of the transition requirements of ASC 715-20-65 "Compensation-Retirement Benefits - DefinedBenefit Plans- Transition and Open
Effective Date Information," net of taxes
(7)
(23)
-Cumulative effect adjustment for the adoption of ASC 320-10-65 "Investments—Debt and Equity Securities – Overall – Transition andOpen Effective Date Information," net of taxes
1,255
-
-Cash dividends declared and paid
(18,498)
(18,269)
(19,006)Balance at end of period
306,787
297,848
288,112Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, Net of  Deferred Taxes:Balance at beginning of period
(11,111)
(4,278)
(7,100)(Increase) Decrease in unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities during the period, net of deferred benefit (taxes) of $(4,139),$1,964 and $(1,469), respectively
6,044
(2,246)
1,800Cumulative effect adjustment for the adoption of the transition requirements of ASC 715-20-65
-
(64)
-Cumulative effect adjustment for the adoption of ASC 320-10-65,  net of taxes of $1,034
(1,255)
-
-Unrecognized (loss) gain of pension and other postretirement obligations, net of deferred benefit (tax) of $(1,021), $3,776 and $(874)
1,240
(4,523)
1,022Balance at end of period
(5,082)
(11,111)
(4,278)Unallocated Common Stock of ESOP:Balance at beginning of period
(3,933)
(4,164)
(4,395)Amortization of earned portion of ESOP stock
232
231
231Balance at end of period
(3,701)
(3,933)
(4,164)Unearned Restricted Stock Award and RRP Common Stock:Balance at beginning of period
(1,790)
(634)
(3,452)Release from treasury stock for restricted stock award shares
(1,745)
(1,773)
(165)Transfer of common stock to treasury upon liquidation of RRP
-
-
2,611Amortization of earned portion of RRP stock
1,030
617
372Balance at end of period
(2,505)
(1,790)
(634)Common Stock Held by BMP:Balance at beginning of period
(8,007)
(7,941)
(7,941)Plan contributions
-
(66)
-Common stock acquired
-
-
-Balance at end of period
(8,007)
(8,007)
(7,941)Treasury Stock, at cost:Balance at beginning of period
(210,471)
(211,121)
(179,011)Release of treasury stock for allocated restricted stock awards and shares acquired by BMP
2,587
1,304
151Transfer of common stock to treasury upon liquidation of RRP
-
-
(2,611)Purchase of treasury shares, at cost
-
(654)
(29,650)Balance at end of period
(207,884)
(210,471)
(211,121)TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY AT THE END OF PERIOD
$294,773
$276,964
$268,852CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOMENet Income
$26,189
$28,028
22,443Change in pension and other postretirement obligations, net of deferred benefit (taxes) of $(1,021), $3,776 and $(874) during theyears ended December 31, 2009, 2008
and 2007, respectively
1,240
(4,523)
1,022Amortization and reversal of net unrealized loss on securities transferred from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity,net of tax of $(1,625) and $(1,224) during the years
ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively
1,975
1,496
-Non-credit component of OTTI charge recognized during the period, net of tax benefit of $1,356 during the year ended December 31, 2009
(1,648)
-
-Reduction in non-credit component of OTTI, net of taxes of $(391) during the year ended December 31, 2009
476
-
-Reclassification adjustment for securities sold during the period, net of taxes of $195 during the year ended December 31, 2009
(236)
-
-Net unrealized securities (loss) gain arising during the period, net of benefit (taxes) of $(4,604), $3,188 and $(1,469) during theyears ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively
5,477
(3,742)
1,800Comprehensive Income
$33,473
$21,259
$25,265


See notes to consolidated financial statements.





F-71





DIME COMMUNITY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS


(Dollars in thousands)


Year Ended December 31,2009
2008
2007CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:Net Income
$26,189
$28,028
$22,443Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activitiesNet gain on investment and mortgage backed securities sold
(431)
-
-Net gain on the re-acquisition of trust preferred securities payable
(505)
-
-Net gain on sale of loans held for sale
(674)
(1,012)
(750)Net loss on sales and disposals of other assets
92
129
-Net depreciation, amortization and accretion
2,446
1,757
1,252Stock plan compensation expense (excluding ESOP)
2,113
1,696
372ESOP compensation expense
815
1,242
1,674Provision for loan losses
13,152
2,006
240Provision for losses on OREO
196
-
-Charge to net mortgage banking income - provision to increase the liability for loans sold with recourse
3,303
3,946
-(Recovery) / Impairment adjustment on mortgage servicing rights
(60)
60
-Credit component of OTTI
7,915
3,209
-Increase in cash surrender value of BOLI
(2,022)
(1,999)
(1,965)Deferred income tax provision (credit)
(8,665)
(3,054)
(834)Excess tax benefits of stock plans
130
(518)
(174)Changes in assets and liabilities:Originations of loans held for sale during the period
(19,092)
(149,081)
(76,568)Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale
19,350
150,983
77,628Increase in other assets
(13,205)
(143)
(6,368)(Decrease) Increase in other liabilities
(3,196)
(8,327)
823Net cash provided by Operating Activities
27,851
28,922
17,773CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:(Increase) Decrease in federal funds sold and other short-term investments
(3,785)
128,014
(49,262)Proceeds from maturities of investment securities held-to-maturity
267
242
155Proceeds from maturities and calls of investment securities available-for-sale
10,100
1,729
1,000Proceeds from sales of investment securities available-for-sale
10,359
-
-Proceeds from sales and calls of mortgage backed securities available-for-sale
-
-
8,542Purchases of investment securities available-for-sale
(46,000)
(5,464)
(14,162)Purchases of mortgage backed securities available-for-sale
-
(183,849)
(37,992)Principal collected on mortgage backed securities available-for-sale
82,129
48,155
33,329Proceeds from the sale of portfolio loans
100,000
-
-Net increase in loans
(214,034)
(416,504)
(174,029)Proceeds from the sale of OREO and real estate investment property owned
532
767
-Proceeds from BOLI benefit payment
-
-
631Purchases of fixed assets, net
(1,447)
(8,356)
(2,566)Purchase of FHLBNY capital stock
(648)
(14,406)
(7,734)Net cash used in Investing Activities
(62,527)
(449,672)
(242,088)CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:(Decrease) Increase in due to depositors
(43,215)
80,053
171,466(Decrease) Increase in escrow and other deposits
(64,226)
77,912
5,836Increase in securities sold under agreements to repurchase
-
74,920
34,845(Repayments of) Proceeds from FHLBNY advances
(10,000)
313,175
135,000Proceeds from exercise of stock options
43
2,473
136(Tax cost) Excess tax benefits of stock plans
(130)
518
174Proceeds disbursed for the re-acquisition of trust preferred securities payable
(980)
-
-Cash dividends re-assumed through liquidation of RRP
-
-
958Purchase of common stock by the RRP and BMP
-
(66)
-Cash dividends paid to stockholders and cash disbursed in payment of stock dividends
(18,498)
(18,269)
(19,006)Purchase of treasury stock
-
(654)
(29,650)Net cash provided by Financing Activities
(137,006)
530,062
299,759INCREASE(DECREASE) IN CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS
(171,682)
109,312
75,444CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD
211,020
101,708
26,264CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS, END OF PERIOD
$39,338
$211,020
$101,708SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:Cash paid for income taxes
$21,612
$20,196
$20,622Cash paid for interest
98,646
109,787
110,508Loans transferred to OREO
1,179
1,564
-Transfer of securities from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity (at fair value)
-
11,501
-Amortization of unrealized loss on securities transferred from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity
222
134
-Reversal of unrealized loss on securities transferred from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity
3,378
2,586
-Net increase in non-credit component of OTTI
2,137
-
-Cumulative effect adjustment for the adoption of transition requirements of ASC 715-20-65
$(7)
$(64)
-


See notes to consolidated financial statements.





F-72








DIME COMMUNITY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


(Dollars In Thousands except for share amounts)





1.   NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES





Nature of Operations - Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. (the "Holding Company" and together with its direct and indirect subsidiaries, the "Company") is a Delaware corporation organized by The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh (the "Bank") for the purpose of acquiring all of the capital
stock of the Bank issued in the Bank's conversion to stock ownership on June 26, 1996.  At December 31, 2009, the significant assets of the Holding Company were the capital stock of the Bank, the Holding Company's loan to the ESOP and investments retained by the Holding Company.  The liabilities of the Holding Company were comprised primarily of a $25,000 subordinated note payable maturing in May 2010 and $70,680 of trust preferred securities payable maturing in 2034.  The Company
is subject to the financial reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.





The Bank was originally founded in 1864 as a New York State-chartered mutual savings bank.  In November 1995, the Bank converted to a federally chartered stock savings bank.  The Bank has been a community-oriented financial institution providing financial services and loans for housing within its market areas.  The
Bank maintains its headquarters in the Williamsburg section of the borough of Brooklyn, New York.  The Bank has twenty-three retail banking offices located throughout the boroughs of Brooklyn, Queens, and the Bronx, and in Nassau County, New York.





Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – Management believes that the accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP").  The following is a description of the significant
policies.





Subsequent Events  - The Company has evaluated subsequent events for recognition and disclosure.





Principles of Consolidation - The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Holding Company, and its majority-owned subsidiaries, and the Bank and its majority-owned subsidiaries.  All significant inter-company accounts and transactions have
been eliminated in consolidation.





Cash and Due From Banks - Cash and due from banks represents cash held by the Bank (including cash on hand at its branches), as well as cash held by the Holding Company and other subsidiary companies that is not subject to elimination in consolidation.





Federal Funds Sold and Other Short-term Investments- Purchases and sales of federal funds sold and other short-term investments are recorded on trade date.  Federal funds sold and other short-term investments are carried at cost, which approximates fair value due to the
short-term nature of the investment.





Investment Securities and Mortgage-Backed Securities ("MBS") - Purchases and sales of investment and mortgage-backed securities are recorded on trade date.  Gains and losses on sales of investment and mortgage-backed securities are recorded on the specific identification
basis.





Debt and equity securities that have readily determinable fair values are carried at fair value unless they are held-to-maturity. Debt securities are classified as held-to-maturity and carried at amortized cost only if the Company has a positive intent and ability to hold them to maturity.  If not classified as held-to-maturity,
such securities are classified as securities available-for-sale or as trading securities. Unrealized holding gains or losses on securities available-for-sale that are deemed temporary are excluded from net income and reported net of income taxes as other comprehensive income or loss.  At December 31, 2009 and 2008, all of the Company's equity securities were classified as available-for-sale. Neither the Holding Company nor the Bank has acquired securities for the purpose of engaging in trading activities.





Interest income includes amortization of purchase premium or discount.  Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized on the level-yield method without anticipating prepayments, except for MBS where prepayments are anticipated.  Gains and losses on sales are recorded on the trade date and determined using the specific
identification method.





Management evaluates securities for OTTI at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation. OTTI is recognized through a charge to net income to the extent that it is determined to be credit-related and other comprehensive income to the extent that it is determined to be non-credit
related.





F-73


Loans Held for Sale - Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or estimated fair value.  Multifamily residential and mixed-use loans sold are generally sold with servicing rights retained.





Allowance for Loan Losses and Reserve for Loan Commitments - The Company provides a valuation allowance for estimated losses inherent in its loan portfolio.  The valuation allowance for estimated losses on loans is based on the Bank's past loan loss experience, known and
inherent risks in the portfolio, existing adverse situations which may affect a borrower's ability to repay, estimated value of underlying collateral and current economic conditions in the Bank's lending area. The allowance is increased by provisions for loan losses charged to operations and is reduced by charge-offs, net of recoveries.  Although management uses available information to estimate losses on loans, future additions to, or reductions in, the allowance may be necessary based on changes in
economic conditions beyond management's control. Management believes, based upon all relevant and available information, that the allowance for loan losses is appropriate to absorb losses inherent in the portfolio.





All creditors are required to account for impaired loans, except those loans that are accounted for at fair value or at the lower of cost or fair value, at the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate.  As an expedient, creditors may account for impaired loans at the fair value
of the collateral or at the observable market price of the loan if one exists.  If the estimated fair value of an impaired loan is less than the recorded amount, a specific valuation allowance is established.  If the impairment is considered to be permanent, a write-down is charged against the allowance for loan losses.  Homogeneous loans are not individually considered for impairment.  The Company considers individual one- to four-family residential mortgage and cooperative
apartment loans having a balance of $730 or less and all consumer loans to be small balance homogenous loan pools.





The Bank maintains a separate reserve within other liabilities associated with commitments to fund future loans that have been accepted by the borrower.  This reserve is determined based upon the historical loss experience of similar loans owned by the Bank at each period end.  Any changes in this reserve amount are
recognized through earnings in the period of change.





Reserve For the First Loss Position on Multifamily Loans Sold to Fannie Mae ("FNMA").  A reserve is also recorded in other liabilities related to certain multifamily residential real estate loans sold with recourse under an agreement with FNMA.  Consistent with
the methodology utilized in determining the allowance for loan losses, for all performing loans within the FNMA serviced pool, the reserve recognized is the present value of the estimated losses calculated based upon the historical loss experience for comparable multifamily loans owned by the Bank.  For problem loans within the pool, the estimated losses are determined in a manner consistent with impaired and classified loans within the Bank's loan portfolio.





Loans -Loans are reported at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned fees or costs and the allowance for loan losses.  Interest income on loans is recorded using the level yield method.  Under this method, discount accretion and premium amortization
are included in interest income.  Loan origination fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred and amortized as yield adjustments over the contractual loan terms.





Accrual of interest is generally discontinued on loans that have missed three consecutive monthly payments, at which time the Bank generally does not recognize the interest from the third month and evaluates whether the accrual of interest associated with the first two missed payments should be reversed.  Payments on nonaccrual
loans are generally applied initially to principal.  Management may elect to continue the accrual of interest when a loan is in the process of collection and the estimated fair value of the collateral is sufficient to satisfy the outstanding principal balance (including any outstanding advances related to the loan) and accrued interest. Loans are returned to accrual status once the doubt concerning collectibility has been removed and the borrower has demonstrated performance in accordance with the loan
terms and conditions for a period of at least six months.





Mortgage Servicing Rights ("MSR") -The cost of mortgage loans sold with servicing rights retained by the Bank is allocated between the loans and the servicing rights based on their estimated fair values at the time of the loan sale. Servicing assets are carried at the lower of cost
or fair value and are amortized in proportion to, and over the period of, anticipated net servicing income.  All separately recognized MSR are required to be initially measured at fair value, if practicable.  The estimated fair value of loan servicing assets is determined by calculating the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, using assumptions of prepayments, defaults, servicing costs and discount rates derived based upon actual historical results for the Bank, or,
in the absence of such data, from historical results for the Bank's peers. Capitalized loan servicing assets are stratified based on predominant risk characteristics of the underlying loans (i.e., collateral, interest rate, servicing spread and maturity) for the purpose of evaluating impairment. A valuation allowance is then established in the event the recorded value of an individual stratum exceeds its fair value.  Third party valuations of
the loan servicing asset are performed on a quarterly basis, and were performed as of December 31, 2009 and 2008.  The Bank has elected to continue its practice of amortizing its MSR in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income or net servicing loss.





F-74


OREO - Properties acquired as a result of foreclosure on a mortgage loan or a deed in lieu of foreclosure are classified as OREO and are recorded at the lower of the recorded investment in the related loan or the fair value of the property less estimated disposal costs on the date
of acquisition, with any resulting write down charged to the allowance for loan losses.  Subsequent write downs are charged directly to operating expenses.





Premises and Fixed Assets, Net - Land is stated at original cost. Buildings and furniture, fixtures and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the properties as follows:





Buildings

2.22% to 2.50% per yearFurniture, fixtures and equipment

10% per yearComputer equipment

33.33% per year





Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of their useful lives or the remaining non-cancelable terms of the related leases.





Earnings Per Share ("EPS")- Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average common shares outstanding during the year.  In
determining the weighted average shares outstanding for basic EPS, treasury stock and unallocated ESOP shares are excluded.  All restricted stock award shares, vested or unvested, are included in the calculation of the weighted average shares outstanding for basic EPS.   Diluted EPS is computed using the same method as basic EPS, but reflects the potential dilution that would occur if "in the money" stock options were exercised and converted into common stock.





The following is a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of basic EPS and diluted EPS for the periods indicated:





Year Ended December 31,2009
2008
2007Numerator:Net Income per the Consolidated Statementsof Operations
$26,189
$28,028
$22,443Denominator:Weighted average shares outstanding utilized in thecalculation of basic EPS
33,026,154
32,676,282
33,522,224Common stock equivalents resulting from thedilutive effect of "in-the-money" stock options
5,108
259,905
112,183Anti-dilutive effect of tax benefits associated with"in-the-money" non-qualified stock options
(1,607)
(111,385)
(27,381)Weighted average shares outstanding utilized in thecalculation of diluted EPS
33,029,655
32,824,802
33,607,026





Common stock equivalents resulting from the dilutive effect of "in-the-money" stock options are calculated based upon the excess of the average market value of the Company's common stock over the exercise price of outstanding options.





There were approximately 3,061,287,  812,421,  and 2,053,104 weighted average options for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively, that were not considered in the calculation of diluted EPS since their exercise prices exceeded the average market price during the relevant period.





Accounting for Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets– An impairment test is required to be performed at least annually for goodwill acquired in a business combination. The Company performed impairment tests of goodwill periodically in 2009, and as of December 31, 2009, 2008
and 2007.  In each instance, the Company concluded that no potential impairment of goodwill existed.  As of both December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had goodwill totaling $55,638, net of accumulated amortization of $17,469.





Income Taxes– Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts for the temporary differences between carrying
amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates.  A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.





F-75


The Company adopted guidance issued by the Federal Accounting Standards Board with respect to accounting for uncertainty in income taxes as of January 1, 2007.  A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination
being presumed to occur.  The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination.  For tax positions not satisfying the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded.  The impact of adoption of this new guidance is summarized in Note 14.





Employee Benefits –The Bank maintains The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh 401(k) Plan [the "401(k) Plan"] for substantially all of its employees, and the Retirement Plan of The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh (the "Employee Retirement Plan"), both of which are tax qualified
under the Code.





The Bank also maintains the Postretirement Welfare Plan of The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh (the "Postretirement Benefit Plan."), providing additional postretirement benefits` to certain employees, which requires accrual of postretirement benefits (such as health care benefits) during the years an employee provides services, a Retirement
Plan for its outside Directors, (the “Director Retirement Plan) and the BMP that provides additional benefits to certain of its officers.





As the sponsor of a single employer defined benefit plan, the Company must do the following for the Employee Retirement Plan, a portion of the BMP, the Director Retirement Plan and the Postretirement Benefit Plan: (1) recognize the funded status of a benefit plan in its statements of financial condition, measured as the difference between
plan assets at fair value (with limited exceptions) and the benefit obligation. For a pension plan, the benefit obligation is the projected benefit obligation; for any other postretirement benefit plan, such as a retiree health care plan, the benefit obligation is the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation; (2) recognize as a component of other comprehensive income, net of tax, the gains or losses and prior service costs or credits that arise during the period but are not recognized as components of net
periodic benefit or cost.  Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income, including the gains or losses, prior service costs or credits, and the transition asset or obligation are adjusted as they are subsequently recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost; (3) measure defined benefit plan assets and obligations as of the date of the employer’s fiscal year-end statements of financial condition (with limited exceptions); and (4) disclose in the notes to financial statements
additional information about certain effects on net periodic benefit cost for the next fiscal year that arise from delayed recognition of the gains or losses, prior service costs or credits, and transition asset or obligation.  Effective January 1, 2008, the Company changed the measurement date for its defined benefit plans from October 1st to December 31st.  As a result of this change, the Company recorded a transition adjustment on January 1, 2008 that reduced its consolidated stockholders'
equity by $87.





The Holding Company and Bank maintain the ESOP.  Compensation expense related to the ESOP is recorded during the period in which the shares become committed to be released to participants.  The compensation expense is measured based upon the average fair market value of the stock during the period, and, to the extent
that the fair value of the shares committed to be released differs from the original cost of such shares, the difference is recorded as an adjustment to additional paid-in capital.  All cash dividends are paid on allocated ESOP shares, and thus reduce retained earnings.





The Holding Company and Bank maintain the Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors, Officers and Employees (the "2001 Stock Option Plan") and the Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan for Outside Directors, Officers and Employees (the "2004 Stock Incentive Plan," and collectively the
"Stock Plans"); which are discussed more fully in Note 15.  Grants of stock options and restricted stock awards during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 were accounted for at fair value.





Derivative Instruments - All derivatives are recognized at fair value as either assets or liabilities in the consolidated statements of financial condition.  A derivative may be designated as a hedge against exposure to changes in either: (i) the fair value of a recognized
asset, liability or firm commitment, (ii) cash flows of a recognized or forecasted transaction, or (iii) foreign currencies of a net investment in foreign operations, firm commitments, available-for-sale securities or a forecasted transaction.  Depending upon the effectiveness of the hedge and/or the transaction being hedged, any fluctuations in the fair value of the derivative instrument are required to be either recognized in earnings in the current year, deferred to future periods, or recognized
in other comprehensive income.  Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments not receiving hedge accounting recognition are recorded in current year earnings.





During the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company held no derivative instruments or embedded derivative instruments that required bifurcation.





BOLI – BOLI is carried at its contract value.  Increases in the contract value are recorded as non-interest income in the consolidated statements of operations and insurance proceeds received are recorded as a reduction of the contract value.





F-76


Comprehensive Income - Comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 included changes in the unrealized gain or loss on available-for-sale securities, minimum pension liability, non-credit component of OTTI, and transfer loss related to securities transferred
from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity.  Under GAAP, all of these items bypass net income and are typically reported as components of stockholders' equity.  All comprehensive income adjustment items are presented net of applicable tax effect.





Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information- The Company has one reportable segment, "Community Banking."  All of the Company's activities are interrelated, and each activity is dependent and assessed based on the manner in which it supports the
other activities of the Company.  For example, lending is dependent upon the ability of the Bank to fund itself with retail deposits and other borrowings and to manage interest rate and credit risk.  Accordingly, all significant operating decisions are based upon analysis of the Company as one operating segment or unit.  The Chief Executive Officer is considered the chief decision maker for this reportable segment.





For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, there was no customer that accounted for more than 10% of the Company's consolidated revenue.





Recently Issued Accounting Standards  - In June 2009, the FASB issued ASC 105, "The FASB Accounting Standards Codification and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles-a replacement of FASB Statement No. 162." ASC 105 establishes the FASB Accounting Standards
Codification (the "Codification"), which supersedes all existing accounting standard documents and becomes the single source of authoritative non-governmental GAAP. All other accounting literature not included in the Codification is considered non-authoritative. The Codification was implemented on July 1, 2009 and is effective for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. The Company has conformed its financial statements and related Notes to the Codification.





In June 2009, the FASB issued amendments to ASC 860-10 which eliminated the concept of a "qualifying special-purpose entity," and changes various requirements for derecognizing transferred financial assets that were previously established under ASC 860.  ASC 860-10 also requires increased disclosure related to transferred financial
assets, including securitization transactions, as well as other transactions where companies possess continuing exposure to the risks related to financial assets transferred or sold.  For the Company, ASC 860-10 is effective for financial asset transfers occurring after January 1, 2010, and early adoption of ASC 860-10 is prohibited.  The Company is evaluating the impact of adoption of ASC 860-10.





On April 9, 2009, the FASB issued ASC 320-10-65.  ASC 320-10-65 amended the guidance provided under GAAP related to OTTI of debt securities in order to make it more operational.  ASC 320-10-65 modifies the technical criteria related to both the recovery of impairment and collectibility of cash flows that a reporting
entity may employ in order to avoid recognizing OTTI.  Under ASC 320-10-65, OTTI that has been determined to exist on debt securities is required to be divided between credit and non-credit components, with changes in the credit component recognized in earnings, and changes in the non-credit component recognized in other comprehensive income.  In determining the amount of credit-related OTTI to be recognized, ASC 320-10-65 permits the reporting entity to discount the expected cash flows at
the effective interest rate implicit in the security at the date of acquisition.  ASC 320-10-65 also requires additional disclosures related to all securities owned by the reporting entity.  ASC 320-10-65 did not amend existing recognition and measurement guidance related to OTTI of equity securities.  ASC 320-10-65 is required to be applied to existing and new investments held by the reporting entity at the beginning of the interim period of adoption.  For debt securities
held at the beginning of the interim period of adoption for which OTTI was previously recognized, the entity recognizes the cumulative effect of adopting ASC 320-10-65 as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings.  ASC 320-10-65 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted.   The Company elected to early adopt ASC 320-10-65 effective January 1, 2009, reclassifying $1,255 of previously recognized after-tax
OTTI out of retained earnings and into accumulated other comprehensive loss as a cumulative effect adjustment, representing the after-tax non-credit component of the previously recognized OTTI.





On April 9, 2009, the FASB issued ASC 820-10-65-4.  ASC 820-10-65-4 provides additional guidance for estimating fair value when the volume and level of activity for an asset or liability have significantly decreased, and provides guidance on identifying circumstances that indicate a transaction is not orderly.  ASC 820-10-65-4
is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, with earlier adoption permitted.  ASC 820-10-65-4 was applied to the methodology utilized by the Company to determine the fair value of its pooled trust preferred securities at December 31, 2009.





On January 12, 2009, the FASB issued ASC 325-40-65-1, which amended the impairment guidance in ASC 325-40-65 to achieve more consistent determination of whether an OTTI has occurred.  GAAP provides two different models for determining whether the impairment of a debt security is other than temporary: (1) ASC 325-40-65 requires
the use of market participant assumptions about future cash flows. This cannot be overcome by management judgment of the probability of collecting all cash flows previously projected; and (2) ASC 320-10-35-17 does not require exclusive reliance on market participant assumptions





F-77


about future cash flows. Rather, ASC 320-10-35-17 permits the use of reasonable management judgment of the probability that the holder will be unable to collect all amounts due.  ASC 325-40-65-1 retains and emphasizes the objective of an OTTI assessment and the related disclosure requirements in ASC 320-10-50, and permits impaired
assets under the jurisdiction of ASC 325-40-65 to be evaluated in accordance with the OTTI methodology of ASC 520-10-35-17.  ASC 325-40-65-1 was effective immediately upon issuance.  Adoption of ASC 325-40-65-1 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations.





In December 2008, the FASB issued ASC 715-20-65-2, which  requires additional disclosure regarding investment allocations, major categories, valuation techniques and concentrations of risk related to plan assets held in an employer's defined benefit pension or postretirement plan.  ASC 715-20-65-2 further requires disclosure
of any effects of utilizing significant unobservable inputs (as defined in ASC 820-10) upon the overall change in the fair value of plan assets during the reporting period.  ASC 715-20-65-2 is effective for years ending after December 15, 2009.  The effects of adoption of ASC 715-20-65-2 are reflected in the defined benefit plan disclosures presented in Note 15.





In June 2008, the FASB issued ASC 260-10-65-2, which requires unvested share-based payment awards which receive non-forfeitable dividend rights or dividend equivalents to be considered participating securities which are required to be included in computing EPS under the two-class method outlined in ASC 260-10.  ASC 260-10-65-2
was effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008.  Adoption of ASC 260-10-65-2 did not have a material impact upon the Company's consolidated financial condition or results of operations, as all potential participating securities were already included in the calculation of the Company's periodic basic and diluted shares.





In February 2008, the FASB issued various amendments to ASC 860-10 which provided guidance on accounting for a transfer of a financial asset and repurchase financing. These amendments presumed that an initial transfer of a financial asset and a repurchase financing are considered part of the same arrangement (linked transaction) under ASC
860-10, however, if certain criteria are satisfied, the initial transfer and repurchase financing shall not be evaluated as a linked transaction and shall be evaluated separately. Under these amendments, a transferor and transferee shall not separately account for a transfer of a financial asset and a related repurchase financing unless: (i) there is a valid and distinct business or economic purpose for entering into the two transactions separately, and (ii) the repurchase financing does not result in the initial
transferor regaining control over the financial asset.  These amendments to ASC 860-10 were effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years.  Adoption of these amendments did not have a material impact upon the Company's consolidated financial condition or results of operations.





Use of Estimates in the Preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements -  Various elements of the Company’s accounting policies are inherently subject to estimation techniques, valuation assumptions and other subjective assessments. The Company’s policies
with respect to the methodologies it uses to determine the allowance for loan losses, reserves for loan commitments and FNMA First Loss Position, the valuation of MSR, asset impairments (including the valuation of goodwill and other than temporary declines in the valuation of securities), the recognition of deferred tax assets and unrecognized tax positions, the recognition of loan income, the valuation of financial instruments and accounting for defined benefit plans are its most critical accounting policies
because they are important to the presentation of the Company’s consolidated financial condition and results of operations, involve a significant degree of complexity and require management to make difficult and subjective judgments which often necessitate assumptions or estimates about highly uncertain matters. The use of different judgments, assumptions and estimates could result in material variations in the Company's consolidated results of operations or financial condition.





Reclassification –  Certain amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2007 have been reclassified to conform to their presentation as of and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.  In particular, the Company reclassified the gains or losses
recorded on sales of loans, along with servicing fees on loans sold to third parties, into a separate line item within non-interest income entitled "Mortgage Banking Income."  The effects of this reclassification are presented in Note 7.





2.   CONVERSION TO STOCK FORM OF OWNERSHIP





On November 2, 1995, the Board of Directors of the Bank adopted a Plan of Conversion to convert from mutual to stock form of ownership.  At the time of conversion, the Bank established a liquidation account in an amount equal to the retained earnings of the Bank as of the date of the most recent financial statements contained
in the final conversion prospectus. The liquidation account is reduced annually to the extent that eligible account holders have reduced their qualifying deposits as of each anniversary date. Subsequent increases in deposits do not restore an eligible account holder's interest in the liquidation account. In the event of a complete liquidation, each eligible account holder will be entitled to receive a distribution from the liquidation account in an amount proportionate to the adjusted qualifying balances on the
date of liquidation for accounts held at  conversion.





F-78


The Holding Company acquired Conestoga Bancorp, Inc. ("Conestoga") on June 26, 1996.  The liquidation account previously established by Conestoga's subsidiary, Pioneer Savings Bank, F.S.B., during its initial public offering in March 1993, was assumed by the Company in the acquisition.





The Holding Company acquired Financial Bancorp, Inc. on January 21, 1999.  The liquidation account previously established by Financial Bancorp Inc.'s subsidiary, Financial Federal Savings Bank, during its initial public offering, was assumed by the Company in the acquisition.





The Holding Company may not declare or pay cash dividends on, or repurchase any of, its shares of common stock if the effect thereof would cause stockholders' equity to be reduced below either applicable regulatory capital maintenance requirements, or the amount of the liquidation account, or if such declaration or payment or repurchase
would otherwise violate regulatory requirements.





3.   INVESTMENT SECURITIES HELD-TO-MATURITY AND AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE





The amortized/historical cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and estimated fair value of investment securities held-to-maturity at December 31, 2009 were as follows:





Unrealized Gains or Losses Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive LossPurchase
Amortized /
Historical Cost
Recorded Amortized/
Historical Cost (1)
Non-CreditOTTI
Unrealized
Gains
Unrealized Losses
Book Value
Other Unrealized Losses
FairValuePooled bank trust preferred securities
$19,536
$13,765
$(4,425)
-
$(2,100)(2)
$7,240
$(1,910)
$5,330


(1) Amount represents the purchase amortized / historical cost less any credit-related OTTI charges recognized through earnings.


(2) Amount represents the remaining unamortized portion of the unrealized loss that was recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss


on September 1, 2008 (the day on which these securities were transferred from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity).





There were no sales of investment securities held-to-maturity during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.  On September 1, 2008, the Bank transferred eight investment securities with an amortized cost of $19,922 that were primarily secured by the preferred debt obligations of a pool of U.S. banks (with a small portion secured
by debt obligations of insurance companies) from its available-for-sale portfolio to its held-to-maturity portfolio.  Based upon the lack of an orderly market for these securities, management determined that a formal election to hold them to maturity was consistent with its initial investment decision.  On the date of transfer, the unrealized loss of $8,420 on these securities continued to be recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss within the Company's consolidated
stockholders' equity (net of income tax benefit), and was expected to be amortized over the remaining average life of the securities, which approximated 25.7 years on a weighted average basis.  Activity related to this transfer loss was as follows:





For the Year Ended December 31,2009
2008Cumulative balance at the beginning of the period
$5,700
$-Loss upon transfer
-
8,420Amortization
(222)
(134)Transfer to credit or non-credit related OTTI
(3,378)
(2,586)Cumulative balance at end of the period
$2,100
$5,700





At December 31, 2009, the eight pooled bank trust preferred securities had an aggregate remaining amortized cost of $19,536.  From the Company’s initial investment through December 31, 2009, four of the eight securities had paid all contractual cash flows, while two securities were experiencing a deferral of a portion of
their respective quarterly interest payment, and another two securities were experiencing a deferral of their entire quarterly interest payment.





At December 31, 2009, two of the pooled bank trust preferred securities, with an amortized cost of $7,564, were not deemed other than temporarily impaired.  These securities remained in an unrealized loss for 12 or more consecutive months, and their cumulative unrealized loss was $3,780 at December 31, 2009, reflecting
both illiquidity in the marketplace and concerns over future bank failures.  At December 31, 2009, one of the two securities had an investment grade rating from three independent rating agencies with ratings ranging from "BB" to "A," while the other security had ratings of "B" and "Baa3."  Despite both the significant decline in market value and the duration of their impairment, management believes that the unrealized losses on these securities at December 31, 2009 were
temporary, and that the full value of the investments would be realized once the market





F-79
 dislocations have been removed, or as the securities continue to make their contractual payments of principal and interest.  In making this determination, management considered the following:





v
Based upon an internal review of the collateral backing the trust preferred securities portfolio, which accounted for current and prospective deferrals, each of the securities could reasonably be expected to continue making all contractual payments


v
The Company has the intent and ability to hold these securities until they fully recover their impairment, evidenced by the election to reclassify them to held-to-maturity in 2008


v
There was no cash or working capital requirement nor contractual or regulatory obligation that would compel the Company to sell any of these securities prior to their forecasted recovery or maturity


v
Each security has a pool of underlying issuers comprised primarily of banks


v
None of the securities have exposure to real estate investment trust issued debt (which has experienced high default rates)


v
Each security features either a mandatory auction or a de-leveraging mechanism that could result in principal repayments to the Bank prior to the stated maturity of the security


v
Each security is characterized by some level of over-collateralization





At December 31, 2009, in management’s judgment, the credit quality of the collateral pool underlying six of the eight securities deteriorated to the point that full recovery of the Company’s initial investment was considered uncertain, thus resulting in recognition of OTTI charges.  At December 31, 2009, five of the
six securities had credit ratings ranging from  "CC" to "Caa1."  The sixth of these securities had credit ratings ranging from "Ba3" to "A."  At December 31, 2008, in management’s judgment, the credit quality of the collateral pool underlying two of the eight securities deteriorated to the point that full recovery of the Company’s initial investment was considered uncertain, thus resulting in recognition of OTTI charges.  The Company adopted ASC 320-10-65 effective
January 1, 2009, resulting in a pre-tax transfer of $2,289 from credit related OTTI to non-credit related OTTI.





For its pooled bank trust preferred securities that were deemed to meet the OTTI criteria established under ASC 320-10-65, the Company applied the ASC 320-10-65 provisions for determining the credit related component of OTTI by discounting the expected future cash flows applicable to the securities at the effective interest rate implicit
in the security at the date of acquisition by the Company.





The following table provides a reconciliation of the pre-tax OTTI charges recognized on the Company's investment securities held-to-maturity:





At or for the Year Ended December 31 2009

At or for the Year Ended December 31, 2008Credit Related OTTI Recognized in Earnings
Non-Credit OTTI Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Total OTTI Charge

Credit Related OTTI Recognized in Earnings
Non-Credit OTTI Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Total OTTI ChargeCumulative balance at the beginning of the period
$3,209
$-
$3,209

$-
$-
$-Cumulative effect adjustment of adopting ASC 320-10-65
(2,289)
2,289
-

-
-
-OTTI recognized during the period
4,852
3,004
7,856

3,209
-
3,209Reductions and transfers to credit-related OTTI
-
(834)
(834)

-
-
-Amortization of previously recognized OTTI
-
(34)
(34)

-
-
-Cumulative balance at end of the period
$5,772
$4,425
$10,197

$3,209
-
$3,209





The remaining aggregate amortized cost of pooled bank trust preferred securities that could be subject to future OTTI charges through earnings was $13,765 at December 31, 2009.  Of this total, unrealized losses of $6,525 have already been recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss.





F-80





The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and estimated fair value of investment securities held-to-maturity at December 31, 2008 were as follows:





Investment Securities Held-to-MaturityCarrying Amount(1)
Amortized
Cost(2)
Gross Unrealized Gains
Gross Unrealized
(Losses)
Estimated
Fair ValueDebt Securities:Pooled trust preferred securities
$10,861
$16,561
$-
$(7,479)
$9,082


(1)
Amount reflects a remaining unrealized loss of $5,700 that existed when the securities were transferred from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity on September 1, 2008.


(2)
Amount has been reduced by an OTTI charge of $3,209 recognized during the year ended December 31, 2008.





The amortized/historical cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and estimated fair value of investment securities available-for-sale at December 31, 2009 were as follows:





Investment Securities Available-for-SaleAmortized/
HistoricalCost
Gross Unrealized Gains
Gross Unrealized
(Losses)
Estimated
Fair ValueDebt securities:Federal agency obligations
$36,900
$5
$(173)
$36,732Total debt securities
36,900
5
(173)
36,732Equity securities:Mutual fund investments
5,107(1)
1,323
-
6,430$42,007
$1,328
$(173)
$43,162





(1) Amount is net of an OTTI charge of $3,063 on five actively-managed equity mutual fund investments recognized during the year ended December 31, 2009.





The following table provides a reconciliation of the pre-tax OTTI charges recognized on the Company's investment securities available-for-sale:





At or for the Year Ended December 31 2009Credit Related OTTI Recognized in Earnings
Non-Credit OTTI Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Total OTTI ChargeCumulative balance at the beginning of the period
$-
$-
$-OTTI recognized during the period
3,063
-
3,063Cumulative balance at end of the period
$3,063
$-
$3,063





The amortized cost and estimated fair value of the debt securities component of investment securities available-for-sale at December 31, 2009 are shown below by contractual maturity. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment
fees.





AmortizedCost
Estimated
Fair ValueDue after three years through five years
$36,000
$35,827Due after five years through ten years
900
905$36,900
$36,732





The following summarizes the gross unrealized losses and fair value of investment securities available-for-sale as of December 31, 2009, aggregated by investment category and the length of time that the securities were in a continuous unrealized loss position:




F-81





Less than 12Months Consecutive
Unrealized Losses
12 Months or More
ConsecutiveUnrealized Losses
TotalFair Value
Gross
Unrealized Losses
Fair Value
Gross
Unrealized Loss
Fair Value
Gross
Unrealized LossesFederal agency obligations
$36,000
$173
-
-
$36,000
$173$36,000
$173
-
-
$36,000
$173





The federal agency obligation investments that possessed unrealized losses at December 31, 2009 maintained the highest possible credit rating.  Their impairment related solely to changes in interest rates from their acquisition through December 31, 2009.  The Company has no intent to sell these securities and it is not
more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell these securities before the recovery of their remaining amortized cost





During the year ended December 31, 2009, proceeds from the sales of investment securities available-for-sale totaled $10,359.  A gain of $431 was recognized on these sales.  There were no sales of investment securities available-for-sale during the year ended December 31, 2008.





The amortized/historical cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and estimated fair value of investment securities available-for-sale at December 31, 2008 were as follows:





Investment Securities Available-for-SaleAmortized/
Historical
Cost
Gross Unrealized
Gains
Gross Unrealized
(Losses)
Estimated
Fair ValueDebt securities:Federal agency obligations
$1,035
$1
-
$1,036Municipal agencies
9,931
216
$(14)
$10,133Total debt securities
10,966
217
(14)
11,169Equity securities:Mutual fund investments
8,057
-
(2,624)
5,433$19,023
$217
$(2,638)
$16,602





The amortized cost and estimated fair value of the debt securities component of investment securities available-for-sale at December 31, 2008 are shown below by contractual maturity. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment
fees.





AmortizedCost
Estimated
Fair ValueDue after one year through five years
$347
$361Due after five years through ten years
10,619
10,808$10,966
$11,169








F-82


The following summarizes the gross unrealized losses and fair value of investment securities available-for-sale as of December31, 2008, aggregated by investment category and the length of time that the securities were in a continuous unrealized loss position:





Less than 12Months Consecutive
Unrealized Losses
12 Months or More
ConsecutiveUnrealized Losses
TotalFair Value
Gross
Unrealized Losses
Fair Value
Gross
Unrealized Losses
Fair Value
Gross
Unrealized LossesMunicipal agencies (1)
$919
$8
297
6
$1,216
$14Mutual fund investments (2)
2,251
550
$3,138
$2,074
5,389
2,624$3,170
$558
$3,435
$2,080
$6,605
$2,638





(1) At December 31, 2008, the Bank owned one municipal security that possessed unrealized losses for 12 or more consecutive months.  This security was sold in February 2009, with a gain recognized on the sale.





(2) The mutual fund investments that possessed unrealized losses for 12 or more consecutive months were three managed mutual funds that declined significantly in 2008 as a result of problems in the U.S. and international equity markets.  Two of these mutual funds were comprised solely of U.S. equities and carried a high correlation
to the performance of the Standard and Poors 500 Equity Index.  The third fund is comprised of international equities and bears a high correlation to the performance of the MSCI Equity index. Each of these mutual funds have regularly demonstrated the ability to recover to their cost basis during periods in which the correlating equity market indeces performed favorably. Management performed an historical analysis of the average period for which a declining (or "bear") market has continued for both the
Standard and Poors 500 and MSCI Equity indeces.  Based upon this analysis, management believes that each of these securities were not other than temporarily impaired at December 31, 2008, as the correlating indeces could be reasonably expected to recover within a period permitting the unrealized losses to be deemed temporary (less than two years based upon historical experience). The Company has the intent and ability to hold the securities until recovery.





During the year ended December 31, 2008, there were no sales of investment securities available-for-sale.  At December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, there were no holdings of securities of any one issuer, other than the U.S. Government and its agencies, in an amount greater than 10% of the Company's consolidated stockholders'
equity





4.   MBS AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE





The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and estimated fair value of MBS available-for-sale at December 31, 2009 were as follows:





Mortgage-Backed Securities Available-for-SaleAmortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized Gains
Gross Unrealized
(Losses)
Estimated
Fair ValueFederal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation("FHLMC") pass-through certificates
$112,033
$5,000
-
$117,033FNMA pass-through certificates
40,105
1,510
-
41,615Government National Mortgage Association("GNMA") pass-through certificates
917
24
-
941Collateralized mortgage obligations ("CMOs")issued by agencies
57,418
1,652
-
59,070Private label MBS and CMOs
6,603
-
(489)
6,114$217,076
$8,186
$(489)
$224,773





At December 31, 2009, MBS available-for-sale possessed a weighted average contractual maturity of 17.6 years and a weighted average estimated duration of 2.5 years.  During the year ended December 31, 2009, there were no sales of MBS available-for-sale.





F-83





The following summarizes the gross unrealized losses and fair value of MBS available-for-sale at December 31, 2009, aggregated by investment category and the length of time that the securities were in a continuous unrealized loss position:





Less than 12Months Consecutive
Unrealized Losses
12 Months or More
ConsecutiveUnrealized Losses
TotalFair Value
Gross Unrealized Losses
Fair Value
Gross Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Gross Unrealized
LossesPrivate label CMO (1)
-
-
$3,330
$6
$3,330
$6Private label pass-through certificate
-
-
2,784
483
2,784
483$-
$-
$6,114
$489
$6,114
$489





(1) At December 31, 2009, this balance (comprised of one security) was deemed to have effectively recovered to cost basis and was therefore not evaluated for OTTI.





At December 31, 2009, the Company owned one private label pass-through MBS that possessed unrealized losses for 12 or more consecutive months, with an amortized cost of $3,267 and an unrealized loss of $483. The Company's investment is in the most senior tranche (or repayment pool) of this security.  Despite a challenging real
estate marketplace, the private label pass-through MBS has made all contractual principal and interest payments, and the contractual payments received by the Company reduced the principal balance of this investment by approximately 27% during the year ended December 31, 2009.  The Company performed an analysis of likely potential defaults of the real estate loans underlying this security in the current economic environment, and determined that this security could reasonably be expected to continue making
all contractual payments.  The Company has no intent to sell this security and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell this security before the recovery of its remaining amortized cost.





The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and estimated fair value of MBS available-for-sale at December 31, 2008 were as follows:





Mortgage-Backed Securities Available-for-SaleAmortized
Cost
Gross Unrealized
Gains
Gross Unrealized
(Losses)
Estimated
Fair ValueFHLMC pass-through certificates
$144,688
$1,775
$(105)
$146,358FNMA pass-through certificates
55,526
1,049
(6)
56,569GNMA pass-through certificates
1,057
-
(16)
1,041CMOs issued by agencies
93,983
30
(768)
93,245Private label MBS
4,474
-
(336)
4,138$299,728
$2,854
$(1,231)
$301,351





At December 31, 2008, MBS available-for-sale possessed a weighted average contractual maturity of 18.1 years and a weighted average estimated duration of 2.7 years.  During the year ended December 31, 2008, there were no sales of MBS available-for-sale.





F-84





The following summarizes the gross unrealized losses and fair value of MBS available-for-sale at December 31, 2008, aggregated by investment category and the length of time that the securities were in a continuous unrealized loss position:





Less than 12Months Consecutive
Unrealized Losses
12 Months or More
ConsecutiveUnrealized Losses
TotalFair Value
Gross Unrealized Losses
Fair Value
Gross Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Gross Unrealized
LossesGovernment Sponsored Entity ("GSE") CMOs (1)
$13,506
$15
$54,433
$214
$67,939
$229Private label CMOs (1)
-
-
7,813
539
7,813
539FHLMC pass-through certificates
22,409
105
-
-
22,409
105FNMA pass-through certificates
1,412
6
-
-
1,412
6GNMA pass-through certificates
1,041
16
-
-
1,041
16Private label pass-through certificates
4,138
336
-
-
4,138
336$42,506
$478
$62,246
$753
$104,752
$1,231





(1) At December 31, 2008, each of the ten GSE CMOs, and three private label CMOs that possessed unrealized losses for 12 or more consecutive months had the highest possible credit quality rating.  Virtually all unrealized losses on these securities since inception have resulted from interest rate fluctuations.  These
securities were not deemed to be other than temporarily impaired at December 31, 2008 due to the following: (1) their credit quality rating remained superior; (2) the Company's investment was within the highest available tranche (or repayment pool); and (3) the Company had the intent and ability to hold the securities until recovery.








5.   LOANS





The Bank's real estate loans were composed of the following:





December 31,2009
December 31,2008One- to four-family
$120,675
$130,663Multifamily residential
2,377,278
2,242,542Commercial real estate
834,724
848,208Construction and land acquisition
44,544
52,982Cooperative apartment unit loans
10,800
11,6323,388,021
3,286,027Net unearned costs
4,017
3,287$3,392,038
$3,289,314





The Bank originates both adjustable and fixed interest rate real estate loans.  At December 31, 2009, the approximate composition of these loans was as follows:




Fixed Rate

Adjustable RatePeriod to Maturity
Book Value

Earlier of Period to Maturityor Next Repricing
Book Value1 year or less
$14,374

1 year or less
$447,797> 1 year-3 years
61,310

> 1 year-3 years
979,423> 3 years-5 years
217,234

> 3 years-5 years
1,101,849> 5 years-10 years
219,243

> 5 years-10 years
265,270> 10 years
79,231

> 10 years
2,290$591,392


$2,796,629
  The adjustable-rate loans are generally indexed to the FHLBNY five-year borrowing rate, or the one- or three-year constant maturity Treasury index.  The contractual terms of adjustable rate multifamily residential and commercial real estate loans provide that their interest rate, upon repricing, cannot fall below their rate at the time of origination.  The Bank's one- to four-family residential adjustable-rate
loans are subject to periodic and lifetime caps and floors on interest rate changes that typically range between 200 and 650 basis points.





F-85


A concentration of credit risk existed within the Bank's loan portfolio at December 31, 2009, as the majority of real estate loans on that date were collateralized by properties located in the New York City metropolitan area.





At December 31, 2009, the Bank had $473,108 of loans in its portfolio that featured interest only payments.  These loans subject the Bank to additional risk since their principal balance will not be reduced significantly prior to contractual maturity.  In addition at December 31, 2009, the Bank serviced $35,707 of interest
only loans sold to FNMA.  The Bank’s entire $20,246 FNMA loss exposure applied to these interest only loans (See Note 7for a discussion of the Bank’s FNMA loss exposure).





The Bank's other loans were composed of the following:





December 31,2009
December 31,2008Passbook loans (secured by savingsand time deposits)
$830
$1,059Consumer installment and other loans
2,391
1,132$3,221
$2,191





Loans on which the accrual of interest was discontinued were $11,294 and $7,402 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  Interest income foregone on nonaccrual loans was $1,285 during the year ended December 31, 2009, $302 during the year ended December 31, 2008, and $108 during the year ended December 31, 2007.





At December 31, 2009, the Bank had one loan with an outstanding principal balance of $1,040 classified troubled debt restructuring.  During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Bank received interest income of $80 on this loan, compared to $89 that would have been recognized under its original terms.  The Bank had no
loans considered troubled-debt restructurings at December 31, 2008.





At December 31, 2009, the Bank had nineteen loans totaling $15,049 deemed impaired, compared to fifteen loans totaling $8,900 as of December 31, 2008.  The average balance of impaired loans was approximately $15,748 during the year ended December 31, 2009, $5,106 during the year ended December 31, 2008, and $2,717 during the year
ended December 31, 2007.  During the year ended December 31, 2009, write-downs of principal totaling $8,051 were recognized on impaired loans.  During the year ended December 31, 2008, write-downs of principal totaling $586 were recognized on impaired loans.  There were no write-downs on impaired loans during the year ended December 31, 2007.  At December 31, 2009 and 2008, reserves allocated within the allowance for loan losses for impaired loans totaled $1,943
and $1,056, respectively, and at both December 31, 2009 and 2008, all impaired loans had an allocated reserve.  Net principal and interest received on impaired loans was negligible during the year ended December 31, 2009.  Net principal received on impaired loans totaled $293 and net interest received on impaired loans totaled $63 during the year ended December 31, 2008.  Net principal received on impaired loans totaled $1,950 and net interest received on impaired loans totaled $326
during the year ended December 31, 2007.





At December 31, 2009 and 2008, approximately $851 and $597, respectively, of one- to four-family residential and cooperative apartment loans with a balance of $730 or less and consumer loans were on nonaccrual status. These loans are considered as a homogeneous loan pool.  At December 31, 2009 and 2008, loans totaling $3,566 and
$2,096, respectively, while on accrual status, were deemed impaired due to concerns over their payment history coupled with a potential shortfall of the value of their underlying collateral in the event of foreclosure.





Delinquent Serviced Loans Subject to a First Loss Position





The Bank has a first loss position associated with multifamily loans that it sold to FNMA between December 2002 and February 2009.  Under the terms of its seller/servicer agreement with FNMA, the Bank is obligated to fund FNMA all monthly principal and interest payments under the original terms of the loans until the earlier of
the following events: (1) the loans have been fully satisfied or enter OREO status; or (2) the first loss position is fully exhausted.





At December 31, 2009, within the pool of multifamily loans sold to FNMA, the Bank had not received a payment from the borrower in excess of 89 days on loans totaling $14,223 and had identified an additional $3,579 of loans delinquent between 30 and 89 days.  At December 31, 2008, within the pool of multifamily loans sold to FNMA,
the Bank had not received a payment from the borrower in excess of 89 days on loans totaling $23,749 and had identified an additional $3,555 of other problem loans.





F-86


6.   ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES AND RESERVE FOR FIRST LOSS POSITION ON MULTIFAMILY LOANS SOLD TO FNMA





Changes in the allowance for loan losses for loans owned by the Bank were as follows:





Year Ended December 31,2009
2008
2007Balance at beginning of period
$17,454
$15,387
$15,514Provision for loan losses
13,152
2,006
240Loans charged off
(9,012)
(612)
(28)Recoveries
19
29
19Transfer (to) from reserves on loan commitments
(108)
644
(358)Balance at end of period
$21,505
$17,454
$15,387





The Bank maintains a reserve liability in relation to its first loss position on multifamily loans sold to FNMA that reflects estimated losses on this loan pool at each period end.  In determining the estimate of probable losses, the Bank utilizes a methodology similar to the calculation of its allowance for portfolio loan losses.  For
all performing loans within the FNMA serviced pool, the reserve recognized is the present value of the estimated losses calculated based upon the historical loss experience for comparable multifamily loans owned by the Bank.  For problem loans within the pool, the estimated losses are determined in a manner consistent with impaired or classified loans within the Bank's loan portfolio.





The following is a summary of the aggregate balance of multifamily loans serviced for FNMA, the period-end balance of total first loss position associated with these loans, and activity related to the reserve liability.





At or for the Year Ended December 31,2009
2008
2007Outstanding balance of multifamily loans serviced for FNMA at period end
$437,805
$519,831
$535,793Total first loss position at end of period
20,246
21,865
20,409Reserve Liability on the First Loss PositionBalance at beginning of period
$5,573
$2,436
$2,223Additions for loans sold during the period 1
15
101
213Transfer to reduction of Bank loan balance for serviced loans re-acquired by the Bank
(3,545)
-
-Provision for losses on problem loans1
3,303
3,946
-Charge-offs
(973)
(910)
-Balance at period end
$4,373
$5,573
$2,436


1 Amount recognized as a portion of mortgage banking income during the period.





During the year ended December 31 2009, the Bank received approval from FNMA to reduce the total first loss position by $1,619 for losses incurred.





7.   MORTGAGE SERVICING ACTIVITIES





At December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Bank was servicing loans for others having principal balances outstanding of approximately $670,109, $659,381, and $563,383, respectively.  Servicing loans for others generally consists of collecting mortgage payments, maintaining escrow accounts, disbursing payments to investors, paying
taxes and insurance, and processing foreclosure.  In connection with loans serviced for others, the Bank held borrowers' escrow balances of approximately $6,885 and $10,550 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.








F-87
 There are no restrictions on the Company's consolidated assets or liabilities related to loans that were sold with servicing rights retained.  Upon sale of these loans, the Company recorded MSR, and has elected to account for the MSR under the "amortization method" prescribed
under GAAP.  Activity related to MSR is as follows:





At or for the Year Ended December 31,2009
2008
2007MSR ActivityBalance at beginning of period
$2,778
$2,496
$2,592Additions for loans sold during the period
758
974
493Reversal (Establishment) of valuation reserve
60
(60)
-Amortization
(831)
(632)
(589)Balance at period end
$2,765
$2,778
$2,496





Key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the current fair value of residual cash flows to immediate 10 and 20 percent adverse changes in those assumptions used to value the MSR were as follows:





AtDecember 31,2009
AtDecember 31,2008
AtDecember 31,2007Net carrying value of the servicing asset
$2,765
$2,778
$2,496Fair value of the servicing asset
3,273
2,841
3,914Weighted average life (in years)
5.92
6.29
8.25Prepayment speed assumptions (annual rate)
150 PSA
150 PSA
151 PSAImpact on fair value of 10% adverse change
$(77)
$(45)
$(89)Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change
$(133)
$(90)
$(174)Expected credit losses (annual rate)
$13
$13
$13Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change
$(19)
$(9)
$(1)Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change
$(38)
$(18)
$(3)Residual cash flows discount rate (annual rate)
13.75%
13.75%
12.75%Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change
$(74)
$(60)
$(107)Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change
$(143)
$(117)
$(207)Average Interest rate on adjustable rate loans
5.78%
5.74%
5.66%Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change
-
-
-Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change
-
-
-





Net mortgage banking income presented in the consolidated statements of operations was comprised of the following items:





Year Ended December 31,2009
2008
2007Gain on the sale of loans originated for sale 1
$691
$1,012
$750Provision to increase the liability for loans sold with recourse
(3,303)
(3,946)
-Mortgage banking fees 1
778
804
762Reversal (Establishment) of valuation reserve on MSR
60
(60)
-Net mortgage banking (loss) income
$(1,774)
$(2,190)
$1,512





1 This amountfor the year ended December 31, 2007 has been reclassified to conform to the presentation for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.  This amount was included in non-interest
income during the year ended December 31, 2007.  The reclassification thus does not result in a materially different presentation.








F-88


8.   PREMISES AND FIXED ASSETS, NET





The following is a summary of premises and fixed assets, net:





December 31,2009
December 31,2008Land
$7,237
$7,237Buildings
26,359
25,986Leasehold improvements
7,336
7,181Furniture, fixtures and equipment
17,407
16,48858,339
56,892Less:  accumulated depreciation and amortization
(28,498)
(26,466)$29,841
$30,426





Depreciation and amortization expense amounted to approximately $2,032, $1,808 and $1,574 during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.





9.   FHLBNY CAPITAL STOCK





The Bank is a Savings Bank Member of the FHLBNY.  Membership requires the purchase of shares of FHLBNY capital stock at $100 per share. The Bank owned 540,832 shares and 534,346 shares at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The Bank recorded dividends on the FHLBNY capital stock of $2,556, $2,647 and $2,169 during the years
ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.





10.   DUE TO DEPOSITORS





Deposits are summarized as follows:





At December 31, 2009
At December 31, 2008Effective Cost
Liability
Effective Cost
LiabilitySavings accounts
0.27%
$302,340
0.57%
$270,321Certificates of deposit
2.25
985,053
3.69
1,153,166Money market accounts
0.94
708,578
2.63
633,167Interest bearing checking accounts
0.67
114,416
2.10
112,687Non-interest bearing checking accounts
-
106,449
-
90,7101.37%
$2,216,836
2.79%
$2,260,051





The distribution of certificates of deposit by remaining maturity was as follows:





At December 31, 2009
At December 31, 2008Maturity in one year or less
$628,780
$986,226Over one year through three years
222,916
122,435Over three years to five years
133,357
44,505Total certificates of deposit
$985,053
$1,153,166





The aggregate amount of certificates of deposit with a minimum denomination of one-hundred thousand dollars was approximately $356,907 and $410,711 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.




F-89


11.   SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE





Presented below is information concerning securities sold under agreements to repurchase:





At or for the Year Ended December 31,2009
2008
2007Balance outstanding at end of period
$230,000
$230,000
$155,080Average interest cost at end of period
4.32%
4.32%
4.53%Average balance outstanding during the period
$230,000
$227,828
$132,685Average interest cost during the period
4.38%
3.80%
4.11%Estimated fair value of underlying collateral
$248,694
$251,744
$163,116Maximum balance outstanding at month end during the year
$230,000
$265,000
$155,160





12.   FHLBNY ADVANCES





The Bank had borrowings (''Advances'') from the FHLBNY totaling $1,009,675 and $1,019,675 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, all of which were fixed rate. The average interest cost of FHLBNY Advances was 3.89%, 4.02%, and 4.30% during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  The average interest
rate on outstanding FHLBNY Advances was 3.49% and 3.85% at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  At December 31, 2009, in accordance with its Advances, Collateral Pledge and Security Agreement with the FHLBNY, the Bank maintained $1,337,977 in qualifying collateral, as defined by the FHLBNY, with the FHLBNY (principally real estate loans), to secure such Advances.  Certain of the FHLBNY Advances outstanding at December 31, 2009 contained call features that may be exercised by the FHLBNY.





The following table presents a summary of future maturities of FHLBNY Advances outstanding at December 31, 2009:





Year Ending December 31,
MaturingBalance
Average Interest Rate2010
$184,150
3.51%2011
105,750
3.682012
334,775
3.652013
123,500
2.652014
121,500
3.072015 and beyond
140,000
4.04TOTAL
$1,009,675
3.49%





13.   SUBORDINATED NOTES PAYABLE AND TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PAYABLE





On April 12, 2000, the Holding Company issued subordinated notes in the aggregate amount of $25,000. The notes have a 9.25% fixed rate of interest and mature on May 1, 2010.  Interest expense recorded on the notes, inclusive of amortization of related issuance costs, was $2,396 during each of the years ended December 31, 2009,
2008 and 2007.





On March 19, 2004, the Holding Company completed an offering of an aggregate amount of $72,165 of trust preferred securities through Dime Community Capital Trust I, an unconsolidated special purpose entity formed for the purpose of the offering.  Of the total amount offered, the Holding Company retained ownership of $2,165 of
the securities.  The trust preferred securities bear a fixed interest rate of 7.0%, mature on April 14, 2034, and are callable without penalty at any time on or after April 15, 2009.  The Holding Company currently does not intend to call this debt.  During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company re-acquired $1,485 of the outstanding trust preferred securities at a discount, recognizing a gain of $505 on the transaction.  As a result, the outstanding balance of the
trust preferred securities was $70,680 at December 31, 2009.





Interest expense recorded on the trust preferred securities totaled $5,129 during each of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.  Of the total interest payments, $152 was paid to the Holding Company in each of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 related to its $2,165 investment in the securities, and
was recorded in other non-interest income.





F-90
 14.   INCOME TAXES





The Company's consolidated Federal, State and City income tax provisions were comprised of the following:




Year Ended December 31,2009

Year Ended December 31,2008

Year Ended December 31,2007Federal
State
and City
Total

Federal
State
and City
Total

Federal
State
and City
TotalCurrent
$18,384
$4,368
$22,752

$15,906
$1,307
$17,213

$11,976
$2,106
$14,082Deferred
(5,786)
(2,879)
(8,665)

(1,936)
(1,118)
(3,054)

(204)
(630)
(834)$12,598
$1,489
$14,087

$13,970
$189
$14,159

$11,772
$1,476
$13,248
  The preceding table excludes tax effects recorded directly to stockholders’ equity in connection with unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale (including losses on such securities upon their transfer to held-to-maturity), stock-based compensation plans, and adjustments to other comprehensive income relating to the minimum pension liability, unrecognized gains of pension and other postretirement obligations
and changes in the non-credit component of OTTI.  These tax effects are disclosed as part of the presentation of the consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income.





The provision for income taxes differed from that computed at the Federal statutory rate as follows:





Year Ended December 31,2009
2008
2007Tax at Federal statutory rate
$14,096
$14,765
$12,492State and local taxes, net ofFederal income tax benefit
1,300
1,058
959Benefit plan differences
(314)
48
(37)Adjustments for prior period tax returns
(4)
(317)
641Investment in BOLI
(708)
(700)
(880)Adjustment for unrecognized tax benefits
48
(581)
(183)Other, net
(331)
(114)
256$14,087
$14,159
$13,248Effective tax rate
34.98%
33.56%
37.12%





Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for temporary differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities.





The components of Federal and State and City deferred income tax assets and liabilities were as follows:





At December 31,Deferred tax assets:
2009
2008Excess book bad debt over tax bad debt reserve
$11,374
$7,890Employee benefit plans
11,758
11,468Tax effect of other components of income on investment securities and MBS
-
2,987Credit component of OTTI
3,989
1,449Other
727
691Total deferred tax assets
27,848
24,485Deferred tax liabilities:Tax effect of other components of income on investment securities and MBS
1,051
-Difference in book and tax carrying value of fixed assets
476
541Tax effect of purchase accounting fair value adjustments
170
174Other
80
94Total deferred tax liabilities
1,777
809Net deferred tax asset (recorded in other assets)
$26,071
$23,676





No valuation allowances were recognized on deferred tax assets during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, since, at each period end, it was more likely than not that the deferred tax assets would be fully realized.





F-91


At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Bank had bad debt reserves for New York State and New York City income tax purposes for which no provision for income tax was required to be recorded. These bad debt reserves could be subject to recapture into taxable income under certain circumstances. The Bank’s previously accumulated bad debt
deductions were similarly subject to potential recapture for federal income tax purposes at December 31, 2009 and 2008.  These recapture liabilities could be triggered by certain actions, including a distribution of these bad debt benefits to the Holding Company or the failure of the Bank to qualify as a bank for federal or New York State and New York City tax purposes.   A summary of these balances is as follows:





At December 31, 2009

At December 31, 2008Federal

$15,158

$15,158New York State

69,164

66,023New York City

73,597

69,833





In order for the Bank to permissibly maintain a New York State and New York City tax bad debt reserve for thrifts, certain thrift definitional tests must be satisfied on an ongoing basis.  These include maintaining at least 60% of assets in thrift qualifying assets, as defined for tax purposes, and maintaining a thrift charter.
If the Bank fails to satisfy these definitional tests, it would be required to transition to the reserve method permitted to commercial banks under New York State and New York City income tax law, which would result in an increase in the New York State and New York City income tax provision, and a deferred tax liability would be established to reflect the eventual recapture of some or all of the New York State and New York City bad debt reserve.  Should the amounts in the above table as of December
31, 2009 be fully recaptured, the Bank would recognize $12,529 in additional income tax expense.





The Company expects to take no action in the foreseeable future that would require the establishment of a tax liability associated with these bad debt reserves.





The Company is subject to regular examination by various tax authorities in jurisdictions in which the Company conducts significant business operations.  The Company regularly assesses the likelihood of additional assessments in each of the tax jurisdictions resulting from ongoing assessments.





Under current accounting rules, all tax positions adopted are subjected to two levels of evaluation.  Initially, a determination is made as to whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits
of the position. In conducting this evaluation, management is required to presume that the position will be examined by the appropriate taxing authority possessing full knowledge of all relevant information. The second level of evaluation is the measurement of a tax position that satisfies the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold.  This measurement is performed in order to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. The tax position is measured at the largest amount
of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.  Effective January 1, 2007 the Company adopted the provisions of ASC 740-10-05-6, resulting in an increase of $1,703 in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits, which was accounted for as a reduction of the Company's consolidated January 1, 2007 retained earnings.





The following table reconciles the Company's gross unrecognized tax benefits:





Year Ended December 31,2009
2008
2007Gross unrecognized tax benefits at the beginning of the period

$1,408
$2,274
$2,716Lapse of statue of limitations

-
-
(183)Gross increases – current period tax positions

-
-
73Gross decreases – prior period tax positions

-
(866)
(332)Gross unrecognized tax benefits at the end of the period

$1,408
$1,408
$2,274





If recognized, the net unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2009 would have reduced the Company's consolidated income tax expense by $915 (excluding interest of $361), all of which would have favorably impacted the Company's consolidated effective tax rate.





Interest associated with unrecognized tax benefits approximated $555, $480 and $509 at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  The Company recognizes interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits and penalties as income tax expense.  Related to the unrecognized tax benefits noted above, the Company reversed
interest of $29 during 2008 and $139 during 2007 and in total, as of December 31, 2009, had an unrecognized tax liability for interest of $361, and no unrecognized tax liability for penalties.  The Company is currently under audit by taxing jurisdictions.  As a result of these examinations, the entire amount of the unrecognized tax benefits (including interest) could be impacted within the next twelve months.





F-92


All entities for which unrecognized tax benefits existed as of December 31, 2009 currently possess a December 31st tax year.  These entities changed their tax year end from June 30th to
December 31st effective December 31, 2007.  As of December 31, 2009, the tax year ended June 30, 2007, the tax period July 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007, and the tax years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 remained subject to examination by all of the Company's relevant tax jurisdictions, while the tax year ended June 30, 2006 remained subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service.  As indicated above,
the Company is currently under audit by taxing jurisdictions.





15.   EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS





Employee Retirement Plan - The Bank sponsors the Employee Retirement Plan, a tax-qualified, noncontributory, defined-benefit retirement plan.  Prior to April 1, 2000, substantially all full-time employees of at least 21 years of age were eligible for participation after
one year of service.  Effective April 1, 2000, the Bank froze all participant benefits under the Employee Retirement Plan.





The net periodic (credit)cost for the Employee Retirement Plan included the following components:





Year Ended December 31,2009
2008
2007Interest cost
$1,040
$1,117
$1,071Expected return on plan assets
(1,187)
(1,942)
(1,799)Net amortization and deferral
1,162
268
470Net periodic (credit) cost
$1,015
$(557)
$(258)





The funded status of the Employee Retirement Plan was as follows:





At December 31,2009
2008Accumulated benefit obligation at end of period
$17,732
$17,660Reconciliation of Projected benefit obligation:Projected benefit obligation at beginning of period
$17,660
$18,357Adjustment for change in measurement date
-
279Interest cost
1,040
1,117Actuarial loss (gain)
105
(266)Benefit payments
(1,073)
(1,287)Settlements
-
(540)Projected benefit obligation at end of period
17,732
17,660Plan assets at fair value (investments in trust funds managed by trustee)Balance at beginning of period
14,155
22,172Return on plan assets
2,349
(6,190)Contributions
-
-Benefit payments
(1,073)
(1,287)Settlements
-
(540)Balance at end of period
15,431
14,155Funded status:Deficiency of plan assets over projected benefit obligation
(2,301)
(3,505)Unrecognized loss from experience different from that assumed
N/A
N/A(Accrued) Prepaid retirement expense included in other liabilities
$(2,301)
$(3,505)





At December 31, 2009, an unfunded pension liability of $5,801 was recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss related to the pre-tax actuarial loss component of the unfunded pension obligation on the Employee Retirement Plan.  For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Bank used December 31st as
its measurement date for the Employee Retirement Plan.  The Bank does not expect to make a contribution to the Employee Retirement Plan during the year ending December 31, 2010.  During the year ending December 31, 2010, $929 in actuarial losses are anticipated to be recognized as a component of net periodic cost.





F-93


Major assumptions utilized to determine the net periodic cost (credit) or the benefit obligations were as follows:





At or for the Year Ended December 31,2009
2008Discount rate used for net periodic cost (credit)
6.09%
6.29%Discount rate used to determine benefit obligation at period end
6.00
6.09Expected long-term return on plan assets
8.75
9.00





Employee Retirement Plan assets are invested in five common collective investment funds, four of which are equity-based, and one of which is fixed-income based.  These common collective investment funds are privately offered, and the Employee Retirement Plan's investment in these common collective investment funds is therefore
valued by the fund managers of each respective fund based on the Employee Retirement Plan’s proportionate share of units of beneficial interest in the respective funds.  All of the common collective investment funds are audited, and the overwhelming majority of assets held in these funds (which derive the unit value of the common collective investment funds) are actively traded in established marketplaces.  The Employee Retirement Plan also owned an investment in two registered mutual
funds.  These mutual funds are actively traded on national securities exchanges and are valued at their quoted market prices.





The following table sets forth by level within the fair value hierarchy a summary of the Employee Retirement Plan’s investments measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2009.





Fair Value Measurements UsingDescription
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)

TotalMutual Funds (all registered and publicly traded)
$2,993
-
-

$2,993Common collective investment funds
-
$12,438
-

12,438Total Plan Assets




$15,431





The long-term investment objective is to be invested 65% in equity mutual funds and 35% in bond mutual funds.  If the Employee Retirement Plan is underfunded under the Guidelines, the bond fund portion will be temporarily increased to 50% in the manner prescribed under the Guidelines, in order to lessen asset value volatility.  When
the Employee Retirement Plan is no longer underfunded, the bond fund portion will be returned to 35%.  Asset rebalancing is performed at least annually, with interim adjustments when the investment mix varies in excess of 10% from the target.





The investment goal is to achieve investment results that will contribute to the proper funding of the Employee Retirement Plan by exceeding the rate of inflation over the long-term.  In addition, investment managers for the Trust are expected to provide above average performance when compared to their peer managers.  Performance
volatility is also monitored.  Risk/volatility is further managed by the distinct investment objectives of each of the Trust funds and the diversification within each fund.





The weighted average allocation by asset category of the assets of the Employee Retirement Plan were summarized as follows:





At December 31,2009
2008Asset CategoryEquity securities
63%
59%Debt securities (bond mutual funds)
37
41Total
100%
100%





The allocation percentages in the above table were consistent with future planned allocation percentages as of December 31, 2009.





The expected long-term rate of return assumptions on Employee Retirement Plan assets were established based upon historical returns earned by equities and fixed income securities, adjusted to reflect expectations of future returns as applied to the Employee Retirement Plan's target allocation of asset classes.  Equities and fixed
income securities were assumed to earn real rates of return in the ranges of 5% to 9% and 2% to 6%, respectively.  The long-term inflation rate was estimated to be 3%.





F-94





When these overall return expectations were applied to the Employee Retirement Plan's target allocation, the expected rate of return was determined to be 8.75%, which approximates the midpoint of the range of the expected return.





Benefit payments, which reflect expected future service (as appropriate), are anticipated to be made as follows:





Year Ending December 31,2010

$1,1802011

1,1882012

1,2042013

1,2242014

1,2322015 to 2019

6,225





BMP- The Holding Company and Bank maintain the BMP, which exists in order to compensate executive officers for any curtailments in benefits due to statutory limitations on benefit plans.  As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the BMP had investments in the Holding Company's
common stock of $8,632 and $9,788, respectively.  Benefit accruals under the defined benefit portion of the BMP were suspended on April 1, 2000, when they were suspended under the Employee Retirement Plan.





Retirement Plan for Board Members of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. ("Directors' Retirement Plan") -Effective July 1, 1996, the Company established the Directors' Retirement Plan, to provide benefits to each eligible outside director commencing upon termination of their Board service
or at age 75.  The Directors' Retirement Plan was frozen on March 31, 2005, and only outside directors serving prior to that date are eligible for benefits.





The combined net periodic cost for the defined benefit portions of the BMP and the Directors' Retirement Plan included the following components:





Year Ended December 31,2009
2008
2007Service cost
$-
$-
$-Interest cost
321
315
281Net amortization and deferral
-
-
-Net periodic cost
$321
$315
$281





There is no defined contribution cost incurred by the Holding Company or Bank under the Directors' Retirement Plan, and there were no defined contribution costs incurred by the Company related to the BMP during the year ended December 31, 2009.  Defined contribution costs incurred by the Company related to the BMP were
$28 and $75 for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.








F-95


The combined funded status of the defined benefit portions of the BMP and Directors' Retirement Plan was as follows:





At December 31,2009
2008Accumulated benefit obligation at end of period
$5,412
$5,174Reconciliation of projected benefit obligation:Projected benefit obligation at beginning of period
$5,174
$5,134Adjustment for change in measurement date
-
79Service cost
-
-Interest cost
321
315Benefit payments
(129)
(128)Actuarial (gain) loss
46
(226)Projected benefit obligation at end of period
5,412
5,174Plan assets at fair value:Balance at beginning of period
-
-Contributions
129
128Benefit payments
(129)
(128)Balance at end of period
-
-Funded status:Deficiency of plan assets over projected benefit obligation
(5,412)
(5,174)Contributions by employer
N/A
N/AUnrecognized (gain) loss from experience different from that assumed
N/A
N/AUnrecognized net past service liability
N/A
N/AAccrued expense included in other liabilities
$(5,412)
$(5,174)





Major assumptions utilized to determine the net periodic cost and benefit obligation for both the BMP and Directors' Retirement Plan were as follows:





At or For the Year Ended December 31,2009
2008Discount rate used for net periodic cost (credit)
6.40%
6.29%Discount rate used to determine benefit obligation at period end
6.00%
6.40





As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Bank used December 31st as its measurement date for both the BMP and Directors' Retirement Plan.  Both the BMP and Directors' Retirement Plan are unfunded non-qualified benefit plans that are not anticipated to
ever hold assets for investment.  Any contributions made to either the BMP or Directors' Retirement Plan are expected to be used immediately to pay benefits that come due.





The Bank expects to contribute $205 to the BMP and $131 to the Directors' Retirement Plan during the year ending December 31, 2010 in order to pay benefits due under the respective plans.  During the year ending December 31, 2010, no actuarial gains or losses are anticipated to be recognized as a component of net periodic
cost.





Combined benefit payments under the BMP and Directors' Retirement Plan, which reflect expected future service (as appropriate), are anticipated to be made as follows:





Year Ending December 31,2010

$3362011

3712012

4832013

4802014

4782015 to 2019

$2,349





Postretirement Benefit Plan- The Bank offers the Postretirement Benefit Plan to its retired employees who provided at least five consecutive years of credited service and were active employees prior to April 1, 1991, as follows:





(1)   Qualified employees who retired prior to April 1, 1991 receive the full medical coverage in effect at the time of retirement until their death at no cost to such retirees;





F-96


(2)   Qualified employees retiring on or after April 1, 1991 are eligible for continuation of the medical coverage in effect at the time of retirement until their death. Throughout retirement, the Bank will continue to pay the premiums for the coverage not to exceed the premium amount paid for the first year of retirement coverage. Should the premiums increase, the employee is required to pay the differential
to maintain full medical coverage.





Postretirement Benefit Plan benefits are available only to full-time employees who commenced collecting retirement benefits immediately upon termination of service from the Bank. The Bank reserves the right at any time, to the extent permitted by law, to change, terminate or discontinue any of the group benefits, and can exercise the maximum
discretion permitted by law in administering, interpreting, modifying or taking any other action with respect to the plan or benefits.





The Postretirement Benefit Plan net periodic cost included the following components:





Year Ended December 31,2009
2008
2007Service cost
$115
$83
$83Interest cost
302
261
245Unrecognized past service liability
-
(26)
(29)Amortization of unrealized loss
57
16
29Net periodic cost
$474
$334
$328





Major assumptions utilized to determine the net periodic cost were as follows:





At or for the Year Ended December 31,2009
2008Discount rate used for net periodic cost (credit)
6.05%
6.29%Rate of increase in compensation levels used for net periodic cost (credit)
3.50
4.00Discount rate used to determine benefit obligation at period end
6.00
6.05Rate of increase in compensation levels used to determine benefit obligation at period end
3.50
3.50





As of December 31, 2009, an escalation in the assumed medical care cost trend rates by 1% in each year would increase the net periodic cost by approximately $26.  A decline in the assumed medical care cost trend rates by 1% in each year would decrease the net periodic cost by approximately $24.





The funded status of the Postretirement Benefit Plan was as follows:





At December 31, 2009
At December 31, 2008Accumulated benefit obligation at end of period
$5,347
$5,066Reconciliation of projected benefit obligation:Projected benefit obligation at beginning of period
$5,066
$4,236Adjustment for change in measurement date
-
86Service cost
115
83Interest cost
302
261Actuarial loss
24
566Benefit payments
(160)
(166)Projected benefit obligation at end of period
5,347
5,066Plan assets at fair value:Balance at beginning of period
-
-Contributions
160
167Benefit payments
(160)
(167)Balance at end of period
-
-Funded status:(Deficiency) of plan assets over projected benefit obligation
(5,347)
(5,066)Unrecognized loss from experience different from that assumed
N/A
N/AUnrecognized net past service liability
N/A
N/AAccrued expense included in other liabilities
$(5,347)
$(5,066)





F-97
 At December 31, 2009, an unfunded liability of $619 was recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss related to the pre-tax unfunded benefit obligation of $1,129 on the Postretirement Benefit Plan.  As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Bank used December 31st as its measurement date for the Postretirement Benefit
Plan.  The assumed medical care cost trend rate used in computing the accumulated Postretirement Benefit Plan obligation was 9.0% in 2009 and was assumed to decrease gradually to 5.00% in 2014 and remain at that level thereafter.  An escalation in the assumed medical care cost trend rates by 1% in each year would increase the accumulated Postretirement Benefit Plan obligation by approximately $258.  A decline in the assumed medical care cost trend rates by 1% in each year would decrease
the accumulated Postretirement Benefit Plan obligation by approximately $239.





GAAP provides guidance on both accounting for the effects of the Medicare Prescription Drug Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (the "Act") to employers that sponsor postretirement health care plans which provide prescription drug benefits, and measuring the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation ("APBO") and net periodic postretirement
benefit cost, and the effects of the Act on the APBO.  The Company determined that the benefits provided by the Postretirement Benefit Plan are actuarially equivalent to Medicare Part D under the Act.  The effects of an expected subsidy on payments made under the Postretirement Benefit Plan were treated as an actuarial gain for purposes of calculating the APBO as of December 31, 2009 and 2008. The Company is still in the process of claiming this subsidy from the government, and, as a result,
the Bank cannot determine the amount of subsidy it will ultimately receive.





The Postretirement Benefit Plan is an unfunded non-qualified benefit plan that is not anticipated to ever hold assets for investment.  Any contributions made to the Postretirement Benefit Plan are expected to be used immediately to pay benefits that come due.





The Bank expects to contribute $153 to the Postretirement Benefit Plan during the year ending December 31, 2010 in order to pay benefits due under the plan.  During the year ending December 31, 2010, $55 of actuarial losses are anticipated to be recognized as components of net periodic cost.





Benefit payments under the Postretirement Benefit Plan, which reflect expected future service (as appropriate), are expected to be made as follows:





Year Ending December 31,2010

$1532011

1662012

1842013

1992014

2132015 to 2019

1,283





401(k) Plan - The Bank also maintains the 401(k) Plan, which covers substantially all of its employees.  During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, an employer contribution equal to 3% of "covered compensation" [as defined in the 401(k) Plan] up to applicable Internal
Revenue Service limits, was awarded to all employees who were eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan regardless of whether or not they participated in the 401(k) Plan during 2009 and 2008.  During the year ended December 31, 2006, the 401(k) Plan received the proceeds from a 100% vested cash contribution to all participants in the ESOP in the amount of 3% of "covered compensation" up to applicable Internal Revenue Service limits.   401(k) Plan participants possess the ability to invest
this contribution in any of the investment options offered under the 401(k) Plan.  The Bank makes no other contributions to the 401(k) Plan.  Expenses associated with this contribution totaled $592, $480 and $383 during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.





The 401(k) Plan owned participant investments in the Holding Company's common stock for the accounts of participants totaling $6,565 and $6,006 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.





ESOP -The Holding Company adopted the ESOP in connection with the Bank's June 26, 1996 conversion to stock ownership.  The ESOP borrowed $11,638 from the Holding Company and used the funds to purchase 3,927,825 shares of the Holding Company's common stock.  The
loan was originally to be repaid principally from the Bank's discretionary contributions to the ESOP over a period of time not to exceed 10 years from the date of the conversion.  Effective July 1, 2000, the loan agreement was amended to extend the repayment period to thirty years from the date of the conversion, with the right of optional prepayment.  In exchange for the extension of the loan agreement, various benefits were offered to participants, including the addition of pre-tax employee
contributions to the 401(k) Plan, a 3% annual employer contribution to the ESOP [which is automatically transferred to the 401(k) Plan] through December 31, 2006, and the pass-through of cash dividends received by





F-98


the ESOP to the individual participants for the duration of the ESOP.  The loan had an outstanding balance of $3,995 and $4,325 at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively, and a fixed rate of 8.0%.





Shares purchased with the loan proceeds are held in a suspense account for allocation among participants as the loan is repaid.  Shares released from the ESOP suspense account are allocated among participants on the basis of compensation, as defined in the plan, in the year of allocation.  ESOP distributions vest at
a rate of 25% per year of service, beginning after two years, with full vesting after five years or upon attainment of age 65, death, disability, retirement or in the event of a "change of control" of the Holding Company as defined in the ESOP.  Common stock allocated to participating employees totaled 78,155 shares during each of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.The ESOP benefit expense is recorded based upon the fair value
of the award shares, and totaled $1,534, $2,005 and $1,794, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.  Included in ESOP expense were dividends on unallocated common stock that were paid to participants.  These dividends totaled $744, $788 and $832 during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.





As indicated previously, effective July 1, 2000, the Holding Company or Bank became required to make a 100% vested cash contribution annually to all ESOP participants in the amount of 3% of "covered compensation" as defined in the ESOP.  This contribution was guaranteed until December 31, 2006 (unless the ESOP was terminated
prior thereto) and became discretionary after that date.  This annual contribution was made in January of each year based upon the total covered compensation through December 31st of the previous year.  The participant possesses the ability to invest this contribution in any of the investment options offered under the 401(k) Plan.





Stock Option Activity





2001 Stock Option Plan -The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors administered the 2001 Stock Option Plan and authorized all option grants.   During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company granted 36,451 options to certain officers under the 2001 Stock
Option Plan.  All of these options have an exercise price of $8.34 per share, expire on April 30, 2019, and vest to the recipient in equal installments on May 1, 2010, 2011, 2012, and 2013 respectively.  On March 3, 2008, a grant of 34,425 stock options was made to an officer of the Company under the 2001 Stock Option Plan.  All of these options have an exercise price of $14.92 per share, expire on May 1, 2018 and vest in equal 25% installments on May 1, 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012.  There
were no grants of stock options under the 2001 Stock Option Plan during the year ended December 31, 2007.





2004 Stock Incentive Plan -The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors administers the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan and authorizes all equity grants.





On April 30, 2009, a grant of 70,952 options was made to outside directors of the Company under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, all of which vest to the respective recipients as of May 1, 2010 and expire on April 30, 2019. On April 30, 2009, 98,230 stock options were granted to certain executive officers under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan.  All
of these stock options will expire on April 30, 2019.  One-fourth of the options under this grant vest in installments on May 1, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively.  On May 30, 2008, a grant of 90,000 options was made to outside directors of the Company under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, all of which vested to the recipient as of December 31, 2009.  On July 31, 2008, 61,066 stock options were granted to certain executive officers under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan.  All
of these stock options will expire on July 31, 2018.  One-fourth of the options under this grant vested on May 1, 2009, with the remainder vesting in 25% installments on May 1, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively.  On May 1, 2007, a grant of 90,000 options was made to outside directors of the Company under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan.  These options expire on May 1, 2017, and vested on May 1, 2008.  On May 1, 2007, a grant of 906,500 stock options was made to certain officers
of the Company under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan.  All of the options issued under this grant expire on May 1, 2017.  One-fourth of the options under this grant vested on both May 1, 2008 and 2009, with the remainder vesting in 25% installments on May 1, 2010 and 2011, respectively.


F-99


Combined stock option activity related to the Stock Plans was as follows:





At or for the Year Ended December 31,2009
2008
2007Options outstanding – beginning of period
3,116,564
3,165,997
2,250,747Options granted
205,633
185,491
996,500Weighted average exercise price of grants
$8.34
$17.10
$13.74Options exercised
9,465
230,424
56,540Weighted average exercise price of exercised options
$4.56
$11.91
$5.64Options forfeited
45,812
4,500
24,710Weighted average exercise price of forfeited options
$16.74
$19.90
$18.88Options outstanding - end of period
3,266,920
3,116,564
3,165,997Weighted average exercise price of outstandingoptions - end of period
$14.56
$14.97
$14.63Remaining options available for grant
747,040
1,133,027
118,975Vested options at end of period
2,538,915
2,261,198
2,169,497Weighted average exercise price of vestedoptions – end of period
$15.17
$15.18
$15.04Cash received for option exercise cost
43
2,473
244Income tax benefit recognized
-
506
177Compensation expense recognized
1,083
1,079
629Remaining unrecognized compensation expense
1,341
2,069
2,377Weighted average remaining years for whichcompensation expense is to be recognized
1.8
2.3
3.2





The range of exercise prices and weighted-average remaining contractual lives of both options outstanding and vested options as of December 31, 2009 were as follows:




Outstanding Options as of December 31, 2009Range of Exercise Prices
Amount
Weighted Average
Exercise Price
Weighted Average Contractual
Years Remaining
VestedOptions as of
December 31, 2009$8.00 - $8.50
205,633
$ 8.34
9.6
-$10.50 - $11.00
378,101
10.91
2.1
378,101$13.00-$13.50
528,028
13.16
3.3
528,028$13.51-$14.00
943,875
13.74
7.6
493,125$14.50-$15.00
34,425
14.92
8.4
8,606$15.01-$15.50
318,492
15.10
5.7
318,492$16.00-$16.50
76,320
16.45
5.3
76,320$16.51-$17.00
61,066
16.73
8.8
15,263$18.00-$18.50
80,000
18.18
8.7
80,000$19.50-$20.00
640,980
19.90
4.3
640,980Total
3,266,920
$14.56
5.6
2,538,915






F-100


The weighted average exercise price and contractual years remaining for vested options were $15.17 and 4.6 years, respectively, at December 31, 2009.  The weighted average fair value per option at the date of grant for stock options granted was estimated as follows:





Year Ended December 31,2009
2008
2007Total options granted
205,633
185,491
996,500Estimated fair value on date of grant
$1.73
$4.16
$3.06Pricing methodology utilized
Black- Scholes
Black- Scholes
Black- ScholesExpected life (in years)
5.99
6.36
6.2Interest rate
2.39%
3.37%
4.56%Volatility
41.34
30.09
28.39Dividend yield
6.72
3.29
4.08





Other Stock Awards





RRP - During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company determined that the shares held by the RRP were no longer eligible for grant.  On September 14, 2007, all assets of the RRP were liquidated, and the 303,137 unallocated shares of common stock previously held by the
RRP were retired into treasury.





The following is a summary of activity related to the RRP for the year ended December 31, 2007:





2007Shares acquired (a)
-Shares vested
-Shares allocated
-Shares transferred to the Holding Company
303,137Unallocated shares - end of period
-Unvested allocated shares – end of period
-Compensation recorded to expense
-Income recognized upon transfer of assets
$109Income tax benefit recognized
-




(a) Represents shares re-acquired from either participant sales of vested shares in order to satisfy income tax obligations or participant forfeitures.





Restricted Stock Awards –  On April 30, 2009, a grant of 14,392 restricted stock awards was made to outside Directors of the Company under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, all of which vest on May 1, 2010.  On April 30, 2009, a grant of 192,805 restricted stock
awards was made to certain officers of the Company under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan.  The awards will fully vest to the respective recipients in equal installments on May 1, 2010, 2011, 2012, and 2013 respectively.  The fair value of the Holding Company's common stock on April 30, 2009 was $8.34.  On July 31, 2008, a grant of 92,957 restricted stock awards was made to certain officers of the Company under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan.  One-fourth of these awards vested
to the respective recipients on May 1, 2009, and the remaining awards will fully vest to the respective recipients in equal installments on May 1, 2010, 2011, and 2012 respectively.  The fair value of the Holding Company's common stock on July 31, 2008 was $16.73.   On May 30, 2008, a grant of 12,000 restricted stock awards was made to outside Directors of the Company under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan. The awards fully vested to the respective recipients on May 30, 2009.   The
fair value of the Holding Company's common stock on May 30, 2008 was $18.18.  On May 1, 2007, a grant of 12,000 restricted stock awards was made to outside Directors of the Company under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan. All of these awards vested to the respective recipients on May 1, 2008.  The fair value of the Company's common stock on May 1, 2007 was $13.74.





Compensation expense on all restricted stock awards was recorded during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 based upon the fair value of the shares on the respective dates of grant for all periods presented.





F-101


The following is a summary of activity related to the restricted stock awards granted under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan:





At or for the Year Ended December 31,2009
2008
2007Unvested allocated shares – beginning of period
141,710
66,304
71,855Shares granted
207,197
104,957
12,000Shares vested
52,810
29,551
17,551Shares forfeited
1,031
-
-Unvested allocated shares – end of period
295,066
141,710
66,304Unallocated shares - end of period
-
-
-Compensation recorded to expense
$775
$618
$372Income tax (expense) benefit recognized
(131)
12
(1)





Long Term Cash Incentive Payment Plan -On October 16, 2008, pursuant to authority granted under the Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. Annual Incentive Plan, the Compensation Committee made an incentive award to the Company's Chief Executive Officer.  The threshold, target
and maximum award opportunities are $214, $428 and $643, respectively, and are earned based on performance relative to three performance goals measured over the period beginning August 1, 2008 and ending December 31, 2010.  The award will be paid in full during the year ending December 31, 2011.  The three performance measures and their relative weights are as follows:





Goal
Weight
Threshold
Target
MaximumTotal Shareholder Return Relative to Compensation Peer Group
50%
40th Percentile
50th Percentile
74th PercentileCumulative Core EPS
25%
$2.23
$2.48
$2.73GAAP Return on Equity
25%
10.3%
12.1%
13.9%





On March 19, 2009, pursuant to authority granted under the Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. Annual Incentive Plan, the Compensation Committee made an additional incentive award to the Company's Chief Executive Officer.  The threshold, target and maximum award opportunities are $214, $429 and $643, respectively, and are earned based
on performance relative to three performance goals measured over the period beginning January 1, 2009 and ending December 31, 2011.  The award will be paid in full during the year ending December 31, 2012.  The three performance measures and their relative weights are as follows:





Goal
Weight
Threshold
Target
MaximumTotal Shareholder Return Relative to Compensation Peer Group
50%
40th Percentile
50th Percentile
74th PercentileCumulative Core EPS
25%
$2.36
$2.62
$2.88GAAP Return on Equity
25%
8.4%
9.85%
11.3%





At December 31, 2009, based upon actual results for the period August 1, 2008 through December 31, 2009, the Company determined that the Target payment has the greatest probability of ultimately being made on both of these awards, and thus established a reserve of $394 related to these future award payments.  During the years
ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, total expense recognized related to this award were $318 and $76, respectively.





16.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES





Mortgage Loan Commitments and Lines of Credit - At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Bank had outstanding commitments to make real estate loans aggregating approximately $89,001 and $49,928, respectively.  At December 31, 2009, all of the commitments were to originate adjustable-rate
real estate loans.  Substantially all of the Bank's commitments expire within three months of their acceptance by the prospective borrower.  A concentration risk exists with these commitments as virtually all of them involve multifamily and underlying cooperative properties located within the New York City metropolitan area.





At December 31, 2009, unused lines of credit available on one- to four-family residential, multifamily residential and commercial real estate loans totaled $34,706.  At December 31, 2009, unused commitments to fund construction loans and overdraft checking accounts totaled $4,394 and $2,740, respectively.





At December 31, 2009, the Bank had available unused lines of credit with the FHLBNY totaling $100,000 expiring on August 9, 2010.





F-102


Lease Commitments - At December 31, 2009, aggregate minimum annual rental commitments on operating leases were as follows:





Year Ending December 31,
Amount2010
$2,0932011
1,9632012
1,8482013
1,8582014
1,672Thereafter
15,600Total
$25,034





Rental expense for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 totaled $2,361, $1,957, and $1,794, respectively.





Litigation -The Company is subject to certain pending and threatened legal actions which arise out of the normal course of business.  Litigation is inherently unpredictable, particularly in proceedings where claimants seek substantial or indeterminate damages, or which
are in their early stages.  The Company cannot predict with certainty the actual loss or range of loss related to such legal proceedings, the manner in which they will be resolved, the timing of final resolution or the ultimate settlement.  Consequently, the Company cannot estimate losses or ranges of losses related to such legal matters, even in instances where it is reasonably possible that a loss will be incurred.  In the opinion of management, after consultation with counsel,
the resolution of all ongoing legal proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition or results of operations of the Company.  The Company accounts for potential losses related to litigation in accordance with GAAP.  As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, reserves provided for potential losses related to litigation matters were not material.





17.   FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS





The fair value hierarchy established under GAAP is summarized as follows:





Level 1 Inputs – Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date.





Level 2 Inputs – Significant other observable inputs such as any of the following: (1) quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, (2) quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, (3) inputs other than quoted
prices that are observable for the asset or liability (e.g., interest rates and yield curves observable at commonly quoted intervals, volatilities, prepayment speeds, loss severities, credit risks, and default rates), or (4) inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means (market-corroborated inputs).





Level 3 Inputs– Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. Unobservable inputs reflect the reporting entity's own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability (including assumptions about risk).  Unobservable
inputs shall be used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available, thereby allowing for situations in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at the measurement date.





The following tables present the assets that are reported on the consolidated statements of financial condition at fair value as of December 31, 2009 by level within the fair value hierarchy.  Financial assets are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.





Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis at December 31, 2009Fair Value Measurements UsingDescription

Total at
December 31, 2009

Level 1 Inputs

Level 2 Inputs
Level 3 Inputs

Losses for the Year Ended
December 31, 2009Investment securities available-for-sale

$43,162

$6,430

$36,732
$-

$3,063MBS available-for-sale

224,773

-

224,773
-

-





F-103




Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis at December 31, 2008Fair Value Measurements UsingDescription

Total at December 31, 2008

Level 1

Level 2
Level 3Investment securities available-for-sale

$16,602

$5,433

$11,169
$-MBS available-for-sale

301,351

-

301,351
-





The Company’s available-for-sale investment securities and MBS are reported at fair value, which is determined utilizing prices obtained from independent parties. The valuations obtained are based upon market data, and often utilize evaluated pricing models that vary by asset and incorporate available trade, bid and other
market information. For securities that do not trade on a daily basis, pricing applications apply available information such as benchmarking and matrix pricing. The market inputs normally sought in the evaluation of securities include benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes (obtained only from market makers or broker/dealers recognized as market participants), issuer spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark securities, bid, offers and reference data. For certain securities, additional inputs may
be used or some market inputs may not be applicable.  Prioritization of inputs may vary on any given day based on market conditions.





The Company's available-for-sale investment securities and MBS at December 31, 2009 were categorized as follows:





Description

Percentage ofTotal

Valuation LevelPass Through MBS or CMOs issued by GSEs

81.6%

TwoAgency notes

13.7

TwoMutual fund investments

2.4

OnePass Through MBS or CMOs issued by entities other than GSEs

2.3

Two





The agency notes owned by the Company possessed the highest possible credit rating published by multiple established credit rating agencies as of December 31, 2009.  Obtaining a market value as of December 31, 2009 for these securities utilizing significant observable inputs was not difficult due to their continued marketplace
demand.  The pass-through MBS and CMOs issued by GSEs, which comprised approximately 81.6% of the Company's total available-for-sale investment securities and MBS at December 31, 2009, all possessed the highest possible credit rating published by multiple established credit rating agencies as of December 31, 2009.  Obtaining a market value as of December 31, 2009 for these securities utilizing significant observable inputs was not difficult due to their considerable demand.  For
the pass through MBS and CMOs issued by entities other than GSEs, obtaining a market value utilizing significant observable inputs was slightly more difficult due to the lack of regular trading activity as of December 31, 2009.  For these securities, the Company obtained market values from at least two credible market sources, and verified that these values were prepared utilizing significant observable inputs.  In accordance with established policies and procedures, the Company utilized a
midpoint value obtained as its recorded fair value for securities that were valued using significant observable inputs.





Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis at December 31, 2009Fair Value Measurements UsingDescription

Total at
December 31, 2009

Level 1

Level 2
Level 3

Losses for the Year Ended
December 31, 2009Pooled trust preferred securities(1)

$646

$-

$-
$646

$7,855(1)Impaired loans

15,049

-

-
15,049

8,976(2)OREO

755

-

-
755

288


(1)      Amount represents the fair value of two held-to-maturity trust preferred securities that were deemed to have credit-related OTTI at December 31, 2009.  At December 31, 2009, four additional pooled trust preferred securities with an aggregate fair value of $901 were not carried at fair value
despite meeting the OTTI criteria. Under ASC 320-10-65, these held-to-maturity securities are only carried at fair value in the event that they incur additional credit-related impairment at period end, which did not occur at December 31, 2009.  Losses for the period represent the total OTTI recognized on six pooled trust preferred securities (credit or non-credit related) during the period.


(2)      Amount represents charge-offs recognized on impaired loans during the year ended December 31, 2009.  Of this total, $8,051 related to write-downs of loan principal and $925 related to charge-offs of escrow and other advances.





F-104





Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis at December 31, 2008Fair Value Measurements UsingDescription

Total at December 31, 2008

Level 1

Level 2
Level 3

Losses for the Year Ended December 31, 2008MSR

$713

-

-
$713

$60Pooled trust preferred securities

2,138

-

-
2,138

3,209





Pooled Trust Preferred Securities, Held to Maturity - At December 31, 2009, the Company owned eight pooled trust preferred securities classified as held-to-maturity.  Late in 2008, the market for these securities was deemed to be highly illiquid, and continued to be deemed
as such as of December 31, 2009.  As a result, at December 31, 2009 their estimated fair value was obtained primarily using a cash flow valuation approach (Level 3 pricing).  In addition, broker quotations, which were deemed to meet the criteria of "distressed sale" pricing under the guidance of ASC 820-10-65-4 were given a minor 10% weighting in the valuation of the securities at December 31, 2009.  A cash flow valuation for the eight securities performed utilizing default, cash
flow and discount rate assumptions determined by the Company's management (the "Internal Cash Flow Valuation") was given a 45% weighting. This valuation considered the creditworthiness of each individual issuer underlying the collateral pools of the eight securities.  In addition, for five of the eight securities, three independent cash flow model valuations were averaged and given a 45% weighting.  For the remaining three securities, two independent cash flow valuations were available and
were similarly given a 45% weighting.  The 10% weighting of broker quotes represented a change from the methodology applied at December 31, 2008 (at which time these quotes were given a weighting of 0%) and reflected the continued emphasis upon considering broker quotes set forth in ASC 820-10-65-4.





The major assumptions utilized (each of which represents a significant unobservable input) in the Internal Cash Flow Valuation were as follows:





Discount rate – The discount rate utilized was derived from the Bloomberg fair market value curve for debt offerings of similar credit rating.  In the event that a security had a split investment rating, separate cash flow valuations were made utilizing the appropriate discount rate and were averaged in order to determine
the Internal Cash Flow Valuation.





Defaults - All underlying issuers with a Fitch bank rating of 5.0 were assumed to default.  Underlying issuers with a Fitch bank rating of 3.5 through 4.5 were assumed to default at levels ranging from 5% to 75% based upon both their rating as well as whether they had been granted approval to receive funding under the U.S. Department
of Treasury's Troubled Asset Relief Program Capital Purchase Program.





Cash flows – The actual cash flows for the Company's investment tranche of each security, adjusted to assume that all estimated defaults occurred on October 1, 2009, with an estimated recovery range between 1% and 10% over the cash flow period (the remaining life of the security).





Two of the three independent cash flow model valuations discussed above were made utilizing a methodology similar to the Internal Cash Flow Valuation, differing only in the underlying assumptions deriving estimated cash flows, individual bank defaults and discount rate.  The third independent cash flow valuation was derived from
a different methodology in which the actual cash flow estimate based upon the underlying collateral of the securities (including default estimates) was not considered.  Instead, this cash flow valuation was determined utilizing a discount rate determined from the Bloomberg fair market value curve for similar assets that continued to trade actively, with adjustments made for the illiquidity of the pooled trust preferred market.  Because of the significant judgment underlying each of the pricing
assumptions, management elected to recognize each of the independent valuations and apply a weighting system to all of the valuations, including the Internal Cash Flow Valuation, as all of these valuations were determined utilizing a valid and objective pricing methodology.





Impaired Loans - Loans with certain characteristics are evaluated individually for impairment. A loan is considered impaired when, based upon existing information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect all amounts due, including principal and interest,
according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. The Bank's impaired loans at December 31, 2009 were collateralized by real estate and were thus carried at the lower of the outstanding principal balance or the estimated fair value of the collateral.  The fair value of impaired loans with specific allocations within the allowance for loan losses is generally based on recent real estate appraisals. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including
comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are usually significant and typically result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value.  At December 31, 2009, fifteen




F-105


impaired loans were carried at fair value, with their principal balance reduced to the current appraised or market value of the underlying collateral property.  Total charge-offs on impaired loans were $8,976 during the yer ended December 31, 2009 and were charged against the allowance for loan losses.  Of this total,
$8,051 related to write-downs of loan principal and $925 related to charge-offs of escrow and other advances.





MSR-The estimated fair value of MSR is obtained through independent third party valuation, and is derived from estimates of future cash flows that incorporate estimates of assumptions utilized by market participants in determining fair value, including, but not limited to, market
discount rates, prepayment speeds, servicing income, servicing costs, default rates and other market driven data, such as perception of future interest rate movements.





Financial Instruments Not Actively Traded -While quoted market prices available in active trading marketplaces are generally recognized as the best evidence of fair value of financial instruments, several of the Company's financial instruments are not bought or sold in active trading
marketplaces.  Accordingly, their fair values are derived or estimated based on a variety of alternative valuation techniques.  All such fair value estimates are based on relevant market information about the financial instrument.  These estimates do not reflect any possible tax ramifications, estimated transaction costs, or potential premium or discount that could result from a one time sale of the entire holdings of a particular financial instrument.  In addition, the
estimates are based on assumptions of future loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics, and other such factors.  These assumptions are subjective in nature and involve inherent uncertainty.  Changes in these assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.





Methods and assumptions used to estimate fair values for financial instruments that are not valued utilizing formal marketplace quotations (other than those previously discussed) are summarized as follows:





Cash and Due From Banks -The fair value is assumed to be equal to their carrying value as these amounts are due upon demand.





Federal Funds Sold and Other Short Term Investments – As a result of their short duration to maturity, the fair value of these assets, principally overnight deposits, is assumed to be equal to their carrying value due.





FHLBNY Capital Stock – It is not practicable to determine the fair value of FHLBNY capital stock due to restrictions placed on transferability.





Loans, Net- The fair value of loans receivable is determined by discounting anticipated future cash flows of the loans, net of anticipated prepayments, using a discount rate reflecting current market rates for loans with similar terms.  This methodology is applied to all
loans, inclusive of non-accrual loans, as well as impaired loans for which a write-down to the current fair market value of the underlying collateral is not determined to be warranted.  In addition, the valuation of loans reflects the consideration of sale pricing for loan types that have traditionally been subject to marketplace sales (over 80% of the outstanding loan portfolio).  Due to significant market dislocation, the secondary market prices were given little weighting in deriving the
loan valuation at December 31, 2009.





Deposits- The fair value of savings, money market, and checking accounts is assumed to be their carrying amount. The fair value of certificates of deposit ("CDs") is based upon the present value of contractual cash flows using current interest rates for instruments of the same remaining
maturity.





Escrow and Other Deposits -The estimated fair value of escrow and other deposits is assumed to be their carrying amount payable.





Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase and FHLBNY Advances -The fair value is measured by the discounted anticipated cash flows through contractual maturity or next interest repricing date, or an earlier call date if, as of the valuation date, the borrowing is expected to
be called.  The carrying amount of accrued interest payable is its fair value.





Commitments to Extend Credit - The fair value of commitments to extend credit is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. For fixed-rate
loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference between current interest rates and the committed rates.





Based upon the aforementioned valuation methodologies, the estimated carrying amount and estimated fair values of all of the Company's financial instruments were as follows:




F-106




At December 31, 2009
Carrying Amount
Fair ValueAssets:Cash and due from banks
$39,338
$39,338Investment securities held to maturity (pooled trust preferred securities)
7,240
5,330Investment securities available-for-sale
43,162
43,162MBS available-for-sale
224,773
224,773Loans, net
3,373,754
3,477,009Loans held for sale
416
416MSR
2,765
3,273Federal funds sold and other short-term investments
3,785
3,785FHLBNY capital stock
54,083
N/ALiabilities:Savings, money market and checking accounts
1,231,783
1,231,783CDs
985,053
992,557Escrow and other deposits
65,895
65,895Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
230,000
248,017FHLBNY Advances
1,009,675
1,045,578Subordinated notes payable1
25,000
25,000Trust Preferred securities payable1
70,680
53,010Commitments to extend credit
302
302





At December 31, 2008
Carrying Amount
Fair ValueAssets:Cash and due from banks
$211,020
$211,020Investment securities held to maturity (pooled trust preferred securities)
10,861
9,082Investment securities available-for-sale
16,602
16,602MBS available-for-sale
301,351
301,351Loans, net
3,274,051
3,300,154Loans held for sale
-
-MSR
2,778
2,841Federal funds sold and other short-term investments
-
-FHLBNY capital stock
53,435
N/ALiabilities:Savings, money market and checking accounts
1,106,885
1,106,885CDs
1,153,166
1,160,436Escrow and other deposits
130,121
130,121Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
230,000
263,350FHLBNY Advances
1,019,675
1,077,362Subordinated notes payable1
25,000
23,875Trust Preferred securities payable1
72,165
40,412Commitments to extend credit
272
272





1 The fair value of these liabilities is measured by independent market quotations obtained based upon transactions occurring in the market as of the disclosure date.





18.   TREASURY STOCK





The Holding Company did not purchase any shares of its common stock into treasury during the year ended December 31, 2009.  The Holding Company purchased 51,000 shares and 2,298,726 shares of its common stock into treasury during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  All shares were purchased in
accordance with applicable regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision ("OTS") and the Securities and Exchange Commission.





19.   REGULATORY MATTERS





The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements established by the federal banking agencies.  Failure to satisfy minimum capital requirements may result in certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company's consolidated
financial statements.  Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must satisfy specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of its assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated pursuant to regulatory





F-107


accounting practices.  The Bank's capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.





Quantitative measures that have been established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum capital amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below).  The Bank's primary regulatory agency, the OTS, requires that the Bank maintain minimum ratios of tangible capital (as defined in the regulations)
of 1.5%, and total risk-based capital (as defined in the regulations) of 8%.  In addition, insured institutions in the strongest financial and managerial condition, with a rating of one (the highest rating of the OTS under the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System) are required to maintain a Leverage Capital Ratio  (the "Leverage Capital Ratio") of not less than 3.0% of total assets.  For all other banks, the minimum Leverage Capital Ratio requirement is 4.0%, unless a higher
leverage capital ratio is warranted by the particular circumstances or risk profile of the institution. As of December 31, 2009, the Bank satisfied all capital adequacy requirements to which it was subject.





As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Bank satisfied all criteria necessary to be categorized as "well capitalized" under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action.  To be categorized as "well capitalized," the Bank was required to maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based, and Tier I leverage ratios as
set forth in the following tables:





Actual

For CapitalAdequacy Purposes

To Be Categorized as "Well Capitalized"As of December 31, 2009
Amount
Ratio

Amount
Ratio

Amount
RatioTangible capital
$294,808
7.60%

$58,229
1.5%

$194,098
5.00%Leverage capital
294,808
7.60

155,279
4.0%

$194,098
5.00Total risk-based capital (to riskweighted assets)
301,730
11.28

213,968
8.0%

267,459
10.00Tier I risk-based capital (to riskweighted assets)
279,545
10.45

106,984
4.0%

160,476
6.00








Actual

For CapitalAdequacy Purposes

To Be Categorized as "Well Capitalized"As of December 31, 2008
Amount
Ratio

Amount
Ratio

Amount
RatioTangible capital
$304,455
7.63%

$59,873
1.5%

$199,578
5.00%Leverage capital
304,455
7.63

159,662
4.0%

199,578
5.00Total risk-based capital (to riskweighted assets)
303,033
11.43

212,140
8.0%

265,176
10.00Tier I risk-based capital (to riskweighted assets)
285,579
10.77

106,070
4.0%

159,105
6.00





The following is a reconciliation of stockholders' equity to regulatory capital for the Bank:





At December 31, 2009

At December 31, 2008Tangible Capital
Leverage Capital
Total Risk-Based Capital

Tangible Capital
Leverage Capital
TotalRisk-Based
CapitalStockholders' equity
$344,905
$344,905
$344,905

$350,715
$350,715
$350,715Non-allowable assets:MSR
(279)
(279)
(279)

(281)
(281)
(281)Accumulated other comprehensive loss
5,820
5,820
5,820

9,659
9,659
9,659Goodwill
(55,638)
(55,638)
(55,638)

(55,638)
(55,638)
(55,638)Tier 1 risk-based capital
294,808
294,808
294,808

304,455
304,455
304,455Adjustment for recourse provision on loans sold
-
-
(15,263)

-
-
(18,876)General regulatory valuation allowance
-
-
22,185

-
-
17,454Total (Tier 2) risk based capital
294,808
294,808
301,731

304,455
304,455
303,033Minimum capital requirement
58,229
155,279
213,968

59,873
159,662
212,140Regulatory capital excess
$236,579
$139,529
$87,763

$244,582
$144,793
$90,893









F-108


20.   UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION





The following represents the unaudited condensed consolidated results of operations for each of the quarters during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008:





For the three months endedMarch 31,2009
June 30,2009
September 30, 2009
December 31, 2009Net interest income
$24,140
$26,289
$28,969
$32,085Provision for loan losses
2,640
2,252
3,769
4,491Net interest income after provision for loan losses
21,500
24,037
25,200
27,594Non-interest (loss) income
(4,046)
1,858
2,104
(661)Non-interest expense
13,608
15,325
13,641
14,736Income before income taxes
3,846
10,570
13,663
12,197Income tax expense
996
3,654
5,337
4,100Net income
$2,850
$6,916
$8,326
$8,097Earnings per share (1):Basic
$0.09
$0.21
$0.25
$0.24Diluted
$0.09
$0.21
$0.25
$0.24







For the three months endedMarch 31,2008
June 30,2008
September 30, 2008
December 31, 2008Net interest income
$19,231
$23,110
$25,182
$23,829Provision for loan losses
60
310
596
1,040Net interest income after provision for loan losses
19,171
22,800
24,586
22,789Non-interest (loss) income
2,167
1,860
1,677
(2,890)Non-interest expense
12,280
12,258
12,913
12,522Income before income taxes
9,058
12,402
13,350
7,377Income tax expense
3,101
3,977
4,997
2,084Net income
$5,957
$8,425
$8,353
$5,293Earnings per share1:Basic
$0.18
$0.26
$0.26
$0.16Diluted
$0.18
$0.26
$0.25
$0.16


1 The quarterly EPS amounts, when added, may not coincide with the full fiscal year EPS reported on the Consolidated Statements of Operations due to differences in the computed weighted average shares outstanding as well as rounding differences.







F-109


21.   CONDENSED PARENT COMPANY ONLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





The following statements of condition as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related statements of operations and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, reflect the Holding Company's investment in its wholly-owned subsidiaries, the Bank, 842 Manhattan Avenue Corp., and its unconsolidated subsidiary, Dime Community
Capital Trust I, using, as deemed appropriate, the equity method of accounting:


DIME COMMUNITY BANCSHARES, INC.
 CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
 
 At December 31, 2009
At December 31, 2008ASSETS:Cash and due from banks
$29,141
$8,419Investment securities available-for-sale
6,430
5,433MBS available-for-sale
941
1,041Federal funds sold and other short term investments
-
-ESOP loan to subsidiary
3,995
4,325Investment in subsidiaries
345,548
351,360Other assets
5,928
5,575Total assets
$391,983
$376,153LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:Subordinated notes payable
$25,000
$25,000Trust Preferred securities payable
70,680
72,165Other liabilities
1,530
2,024Stockholders' equity
294,773
276,964Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
$391,983
$376,153


DIME COMMUNITY BANCSHARES, INC.


CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS





Year Ended December 31,2009
2008
2007Net interest loss
$(7,337)
$(6,658)
$(5,902)Dividends received from Bank
45,500
-
35,000Non-interest (loss) income
(2,078)
513
516Non-interest expense
(454)
(408)
(424)Income (Loss) before income taxes and equity inundistributed earnings of direct subsidiaries
35,631
(6,553)
29,190Income tax credit
4,241
2,751
2,143Income (Loss) before equity in undistributed earningsof direct subsidiaries
39,872
(3,802)
31,333Equity in (overdistributed) undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
(13,683)
31,830
(8,890)Net income
$26,189
$28,028
$22,443







F-110










DIME COMMUNITY BANCSHARES, INC.


CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS





Year Ended December 31,2009
2008
2007Cash flows from Operating Activities:Net income
$26,189
$28,028
$22,443Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:Equity in (undistributed) overdistributed earnings of direct subsidiaries
13,683
(31,830)
8,890Credit component of OTTI
3,063
-
-Net gain on the re-acquisition of trust preferred securities payable
(505)Net (amortization) and accretion
(112)
(489)
(547)(Increase) Decrease in other assets
(353)
115
(36)(Decrease) Increase in other liabilities
(2,291)
930
(89)Net cash  (used in) provided by Operating Activities
39,674
(3,246)
30,661Cash flows from Investing Activities:Net Decrease in federal funds sold and other short-term Investments
-
22,733
16,945Proceeds from maturities and redemptions of investment securities available-for-sale
-
4
-Proceeds from sale of investment securities available-for-sale
-
-
-Purchases of investment securities available-for-sale
-
-
-Principal collected on MBS available-for-sale
139
209
507Principal repayments on ESOP loan
330
119
110Net cash used in Investing Activities
469
23,065
17,562Cash flows from Financing Activities:Cash dividends re-assumed through liquidation of RRP
-
-
958Common stock issued for exercise of stock options
44
2,473
136Purchase of common stock by the BMP
-
(66)
-Cash dividends paid to stockholders
(18,485)
(18,256)
(18,991)Purchase of treasury stock
-
(654)
(29,650)Proceeds disbursed for the re-acquisition of trust preferred securities payable
(980)
-
-Net cash used in financing activities
(19,421)
(16,503)
(47,547)Net increase in cash and due from banks
20,722
3,316
676Cash and due from banks, beginning of period
8,419
5,103
4,427Cash and due from banks, end of period
$29,141
$8,419
$5,103





*   *   *   *   *





F-111








Exhibit Number





3(i)

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. (1)3(ii)

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. (2)4.1

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. [See Exhibit 3(i) hereto]4.2

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. [See Exhibit 3(ii) hereto]4.3

Draft Stock Certificate of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc.  (3)4.4

Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (4)4.5

Rights Agreement, dated as of April 9, 1998, between Dime Community Bancorp, Inc. and ChaseMellon ShareholderServices, L.L.C., as Rights Agent (4)4.6

Form of Rights Certificate (4)4.7

Second Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of July 29, 2004, by and among Wilmington TrustCompany, as Delaware Trustee, Wilmington Trust Company as Institutional Trustee, Dime
Community Bancshares,Inc., as Sponsor, the Administrators of Dime Community Capital Trust I and the holders from time to time of undividedbeneficial interests
in the assets of Dime Community Capital Trust I (9)4.8

Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2004, between Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, astrustee (9)4.9

Series B Guarantee Agreement, dated as of July 29, 2004, executed and delivered by Dime Community Bancshares,Inc., as Guarantor and Wilmington Trust Company, as Guarantee Trustee, for the benefit of the
holders from time totime of the Series B Capital Securities of Dime Community Capital Trust I (9)10.1

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh and Vincent F.Palagiano (13)10.2

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh and Michael P.Devine (13)10.3

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh andKenneth J. Mahon (13)10.4

Employment Agreement between Dime Community Bancorp, Inc. and Vincent F. Palagiano (13)10.5

Employment Agreement between Dime Community Bancorp, Inc. and Michael P. Devine (13)10.6

Employment Agreement between Dime Community Bancorp, Inc. and Kenneth J. Mahon (13)10.7

Form of Employee Retention Agreement by and among The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh, Dime Community    Bancorp, Inc. and certain officers (5)10.7(i)

Amendment to Form of Employee Retention Agreement by and among The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh, Dime Community    Bancorp, Inc. and certain officers (13)10.8

The Benefit Maintenance Plan of Dime Community Bancorp, Inc. (13)10.9

Severance Pay Plan of The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh (13)10.10

Retirement Plan for Board Members of Dime Community Bancorp, Inc. (13)10.11

Dime Community Bancorp, Inc. 1996 Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors, Officers and Employees, as amendedby amendments number 1 and 2 (6)10.12

Recognition and Retention Plan for Outside Directors, Officers and Employees of Dime Community Bancorp, Inc., asamended by amendments number 1 and 2 (6)10.13

Form of stock option agreement for Outside Directors under Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. 1996 and 2001Stock Option Plans for Outside Directors, Officers and Employees and the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan. (6)10.14

Form of stock option agreement for officers and employees under Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. 1996 and 2001Stock Option Plans for Outside Directors, Officers and Employees and the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (6)10.15

Form of award notice for outside directors under the Recognition and Retention Plan for Outside Directors, Officersand Employees of Dime Community Bancorp, Inc. (6)10.16

Form of award notice for officers and employees under the Recognition and Retention Plan for Outside Directors,Officers and Employees of Dime Community Bancorp, Inc. (6)10.17

Financial Federal Savings Bank Incentive Savings Plan in RSI Retirement Trust (7)10.18

Financial Federal Savings Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (7)10.19

Option Conversion Certificates between Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. and each of Messrs. Russo, Segrete,Calamari, Latawiec, O'Gorman, and Ms. Swaya pursuant to Section 1.6(b) of the Agreement and
Plan of Merger,dated as of July 18, 1998 by and between Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. and Financial Bancorp, Inc. (7)10.20

Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors, Officers and Employees (8)10.21

Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan for Outside Directors, Officers and Employees (12)10.22

Waiver executed by Vincent F. Palagiano (11)10.23

Waiver executed by Michael P. Devine (11)10.24

Waiver executed by Kenneth J. Mahon (11)   F-112
  10.25

Form of restricted stock award notice for officers and employees under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (10)10.26

Employee Retention Agreement between The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh, Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. and Christopher D. Maher (13)10.27

Form of restricted stock award notice for outside directors under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (10)10.28

Employee Retention Agreement between The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh, Dime Community Bancshares, Inc.  and Daniel Harris (13)10.29

Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. Annual Incentive Plan (13)10.30

Amendment to the Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh 401(K) Plan (13)10.31

Employee Stock Ownership Plan of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. and Certain Affiliates (13)12.1

Computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges23.1

Consent of Crowe Horwath LLP23.2

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP31(i).1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)31(i).2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)32.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 135032.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350





(1)
Incorporated by reference to the registrant's Transition Report on Form 10-K for the transition period ended December 31, 2002 filed on March 28, 2003.(2)
Incorporated by reference to the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009 filed on May 11, 2009.(3)
Incorporated by reference to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 filed on September 28, 1998.(4)
Incorporated by reference to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 9, 1998 and filed on April 16, 1998.(5)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibits to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 filed on September 26, 1997.(6)
Incorporated by reference to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 filed on September 26, 1997, and the Current Reports on Form 8-K filed on March 22, 2004 and
March 29, 2005.(7)
Incorporated by reference to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2000 filed on September 28, 2000.(8)
Incorporated by reference to the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003 filed on November 14, 2003.(9)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibits to the registrant’s Registration Statement No. 333-117743 on Form S-4 filed on July 29, 2004.(10)
Incorporated by reference to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 22, 2005.(11)
Incorporated by reference to the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005 filed on May 10, 2005.(12)
Incorporated by reference to the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008 filed on August 8, 2008.(13)
Incorporated by reference to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 filed on March 16, 2009.








F-113